AVONDALE INDUSTRIES INC
10-K405, 1996-01-26
SHIP & BOAT BUILDING & REPAIRING
Previous: PHOENIX MULTI PORTFOLIO FUND, DEFS14A, 1996-01-26
Next: CONTOUR MEDICAL INC, DEF 14A, 1996-01-26



                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C.  20549

                                Form 10-K

(Mark One)
[X]   Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
      Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

[ ]   Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934

                         Commission File Number 0-16572

                            Avondale Industries, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                Louisiana                                39-1097012
     (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
       incorporation or organization)

      5100 River Road, Avondale, Louisiana                    70094
     (Address of principal executive offices)                (Zip Code)

                                    (504) 436-2121
                            (Registrant's telephone number,
                                    including area code)

              Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                           None

              Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                           Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share
                                       (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes [X]    No [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [X]
            
      The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
(affiliates being directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of
the Company's common stock) of the Registrant at December 31, 1995 was
approximately $77,267,832.

       The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value
per share, outstanding at December 31, 1995 was 14,464,175.

                        DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting
have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
<PAGE>
				    PART I

Item 1.   Business.
 
Overview

     Avondale is one of the largest shipbuilders in the United States,
specializing in the design, construction, conversion, repair and modernization
of various types of ocean-going vessels for the military and commercial
markets. A majority of Avondale's contracts in recent years has been for the
construction of U.S. Navy surface ships, although it has secured two large
commercial contracts in the past year for the construction or conversion of
double-hulled product carriers. Management believes the Company's low cost
structure, experienced and skilled work force, sophisticated construction
processes and extensive experience gained over the past 25 years in building a
variety of military and commercial vessels, position the Company as one of the
most cost-efficient and versatile shipbuilders in the United States. At
December 31, 1995, the Company's firm backlog was approximately $1.4 billion
exclusive of unexercised options aggregating $485 million held by the U.S. Navy
for additional ship orders (including contract escalation) and a commercial
contract subject to financing. Of the firm backlog, approximately $1.3 billion
was attributable to contracts to build ships for the U.S. Navy.

     During the past 25 years, Avondale has built over 72 vessels for the U.S.
Navy and other branches of the military, ranging from vessels such as AOs and
T-AOs that principally require large-scale steel fabrication at a competitive
cost, to highly sophisticated vessels such as the T-AGS 45, the LSD-CVs and the
MHCs (with fiberglass hulls) that also require extensive outfitting of
electrical, command and control and weapons systems. U.S. Navy vessels
currently under construction include four Sealift ships, three MHCs, two LSD-
CVs, one T-AO and one Icebreaker. The Company anticipates that it will continue
to focus primarily on securing contracts to construct and convert military
vessels. See "Glossary of Selected Industry Terms." 

     Within the past year, Avondale has secured two commercial contracts that
should benefit from the Company's expertise and newly adopted construction
techniques. In May 1995, Avondale finalized a $143.9 million contract to
construct four double-hulled forebodies for product carriers owned by American
Heavylift Shipping Company. Construction of these forebodies has begun and is
expected to be completed by mid-1997. The Company has also signed a contract
with Maritrans Ocean Transport, Inc. ("Maritrans") for the construction of up
to six (but not less than four) double-hulled product carriers. This contract
is subject to Maritrans' ability to qualify for and receive a Title XI MARAD
financing guarantee. Assuming receipt of such guarantee, the contract calls for
delivery of the vessels by the end of 1998. 

     Background. Avondale has historically maintained a flexible, versatile
shipyard and has been the successful bidder for a variety of marine
construction projects. Organized in 1938, Avondale first began building ocean-
going ships in the 1950s. From 1959 to 1985, the Company was operated as a
subsidiary of Ogden Corporation, a diversified New York Stock Exchange listed
company headquartered in New York, New York. Prior to the 1980s, Avondale built
both military and commercial vessels. In addition to the construction of 27
destroyer escorts for the U.S. Navy, Avondale successfully completed a variety
of construction projects during that period, including general cargo and multi-
product carriers, such as LASH vessels, container vessels, crude oil tankers
and product carriers. In the early 1980s, however, several measures were
implemented that changed the marine construction industry significantly. The
<PAGE>
termination of the U.S. construction-differential subsidy program in 1981
significantly curtailed the ability of U.S. shipyards to compete successfully
for international commercial shipbuilding contracts with foreign shipyards,
many of which are heavily subsidized by their governments. The effects of the
elimination of these subsidies were largely offset, however, by the initiative
to expand the U.S. Navy fleet to 600 vessels, thereby significantly increasing
the U.S. Navy shipbuilding opportunities available to Avondale.
 
     Initially, Avondale capitalized on the U.S. Navy shipbuilding opportunities
through its construction of five AOs during the early 1980s. Since AOs are
essentially oil tankers modified to meet certain military requirements, they
were a natural extension of the product carrier vessels previously built by
Avondale.
 
     During the remainder of the 1980s and the first part of this decade,
Avondale steadily expanded the range of vessels that it built for the U.S. Navy.
The Company principally focused on those vessels that were related to, or
natural extensions of, predecessor vessels constructed by Avondale, where
Avondale could best capitalize on its prior experience and proven capabilities.
Among the U.S. Navy vessels built or under construction during this period were
16 T-AOs, five LSDs, four LSD-CVs, five AOJs (which constituted conversions of
AOs previously built by Avondale), one T-AGS 45, 15 LCACs, four MHCs and three
SL 7 conversions. 
 
     With the end of the Cold War, and the pressure of domestic budget
constraints, spending for new vessel construction by the U.S. Navy has been
substantially reduced, with the rate of new vessel construction reduced to
approximately 50% of that in the 1980s. Despite the contraction in U.S. Navy
shipbuilding activity, management believes that Avondale's versatility has been
a significant factor in its successful efforts to restore its backlog, which
efforts have also been bolstered by Avondale's experience in building vessels
comparable to those currently in demand.

     U.S. Military. Included in the current firm backlog for the military are
contracts to construct four Sealift ships at an original contract price of $880
million. The Sealift ships, which are designed to assist in the rapid
transportation and deployment of military personnel, equipment and supplies,
are comparable to other vessels, such as auxiliary and amphibious support
ships, that have been previously constructed by Avondale for the military. In
addition, the Company has been awarded options to construct two additional
Sealift vessels for an additional $485 million in the aggregate (including
contract escalation), which options have not yet been exercised by the U.S.
Navy. The first Sealift ship is scheduled for delivery in 1998 with the final
ship (assuming exercise by the U.S. Navy of the remaining Sealift options)
scheduled for delivery in 2001.

     The award of the Sealift contract was one of a series of significant
military contract awards received by the Company since the beginning of 1993.
In 1993, the Company was awarded a $232.5 million contract for the construction
of the Icebreaker for the U.S. Coast Guard (scheduled for delivery in 1998) and
a contract to build one LSD-CV for the U.S. Navy at a contract price of $257.5
million. The 1994 LSD-CV award brought the total number of LSD-CV contracts
awarded to the Company to four, with two of the vessels having been delivered
to date, and the final two vessels scheduled for delivery in 1996 and 1998,
respectively. See "Glossary of Selected Industry Terms" and "--Shipbuilding--
Vessel Deliveries and Backlog."

     In early 1994 Avondale was one of five U.S. shipyards awarded a contract
to undertake a preliminary design study on the U.S. Navy's LPD-17 (formerly LX)
<PAGE>
ship. The U.S. Navy has stated its expectation that the LPD-17 vessels will be
a mainstay of the U.S. Navy over the next two decades, replacing a number of
vessels nearing the end of their useful lives. In November 1995, Congress
appropriated $974.0 million for the construction of the first of an anticipated
12 vessels under the LPD-17 program. The LPD-17, which the U.S. Navy has
announced will be the next significant class of amphibious vessels, will be
outfitted with sophisticated command and control systems, as well as ship-based
weapon systems. The Company believes that the U.S. Navy will award a contract
for the first LPD-17, together with options for two additional vessels, in mid-
1996.

     In connection with its pursuit of the LPD-17 contract, Avondale has
announced an alliance with Bath Iron Works Corporation ("Bath") (recently
acquired by General Dynamics Corporation) and Hughes Aircraft Company ("Hughes
Aircraft"), a subsidiary of Hughes Electronics Corporation. Under the alliance,
which Avondale expects to finalize prior to submission of the LPD-17 contract
bid, Avondale would be the lead contractor, and the LPD-17 vessels would be
constructed in both the Avondale and Bath shipyards, with Hughes Aircraft being
responsible for integration of the ships' electronic and weapons systems. More
recently, Ingalls Shipbuilding, a subsidiary of Litton Industries, announced
that it had formed an alliance with Tenneco's Newport News Shipbuilding,
National Steel and Shipbuilding Company and Lockheed Martin Government
Electronic Systems to pursue the same contract. Avondale believes that the
formation of its alliance with Bath and Hughes Aircraft, coupled with the
Company's low cost structure and proven experience in building vessels
comparable to the LPD-17, such as the LSD-CVs, will enhance the viability and
competitiveness of the Company's bid for the LPD-17 contracts.

     If Avondale is the successful bidder for the first LPD-17 contract, in
order to satisfy the terms of the contract, it will be required to make a
significant capital investment, including, among others, the enhancement of its
computer-aided design capabilities and installation of sophisticated computer-
based data systems, which are necessary for completing the LPD-17. 

     Although funds for the construction of the first LPD-17 vessel have been
appropriated as part of the overall Department of Defense appropriations for
1996, the President vetoed the companion defense authorization bill. The veto
of the defense authorization bill has created some uncertainty as to the
obligation of the Department of Defense to spend appropriated funds, but it is
the Company's belief, based on public statements made by Department of Defense
representatives, that the veto will not have a negative impact on the
shipbuilding programs of the U.S. Navy, including the LPD-17.

     In addition to the LPD-17, there are several other anticipated U.S. Navy
programs that may offer shipbuilding opportunities to Avondale, including the
possible construction of two additional Sealift vessels, a class of
prepositioning vessels for the U.S. Marine Corps, up to 14 ADC(X) vessels, and
the SC-21, which represents the next generation of surface combatant vessels.

     Reemergence of Commercial Shipbuilding. The termination of the U.S.
construction-differential subsidy program in 1981 significantly curtailed the
ability of U.S. shipyards to compete successfully for international commercial
shipbuilding contracts with foreign shipyards, many of which are heavily
subsidized by their governments. Most of the commercial ships built in the
United States since 1981 have been constructed primarily due to the Jones Act
requirement that all vessels transporting products between U.S. ports be
constructed by U.S. shipyards. However, two recent legislative initiatives have
significantly enhanced U.S. commercial shipbuilding opportunities.

<PAGE>
     The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, which requires the phased-in transition of
single-hulled tankers and product carriers to double-hulled vessels beginning
January 1, 1995, has created a demand (that is expected to continue through the
remainder of the decade) for the retro-fitting of existing tankers and the
construction of new double-hulled tankers, as oil and energy companies and
other ship operators upgrade their fleets to comply with the law. Industry
analysts believe that other countries may pass laws comparable to the Oil
Pollution Act of 1990, which would further increase worldwide demand for
double-hulled product carriers.

     In late 1993, Congress amended the loan guarantee program under Title XI of
the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, to permit the U.S. government to guarantee loan
obligations of foreign vessel owners for foreign-flagged vessels that are built
in U.S. shipyards. Title XI authorizes MARAD to guarantee debt with a term of
up to 25 years in an amount up to 87.5% of the vessel cost, thereby enabling
shipowners to obtain construction financing on more favorable terms than those
currently offered by other countries having guarantee or subsidy programs for
foreign nationals similar to Title XI. These 1993 amendments expanded Title XI
in a manner that has attracted foreign owners and created foreign commercial
shipbuilding opportunities for U.S. shipyards.

     Management believes these initiatives have assisted Avondale in attracting
commercial shipbuilding opportunities during the past year. In May 1995, the
Company finalized a $143.9 million contract to construct four double-hulled
forebodies for product carriers owned by a U.S. shipping company. These double-
hulled product carriers are the first U.S.-flag product carriers built in the
United States in eight years. The contract is supported by a Title XI guarantee
by MARAD. Construction of the forebodies has already begun and is expected to
be completed by mid-1997. Avondale believes its receipt of this contract was
further assisted by its prior experience in constructing three double-hulled T-
AOs on behalf of the U.S. Navy.

     In November 1995, the Company signed a contract with Maritrans for the
construction of up to six (but not less than four) double-hulled product
carriers. This contract is subject to Maritrans' ability to qualify for and
receive a Title XI MARAD financing guarantee. Assuming receipt of such
guarantee, the contract calls for delivery of the vessels by the end of 1998.
These U.S.-flag vessels will comply with all requirements of the Oil Pollution
Act of 1990 and will engage in transportation of petroleum products between
U.S. ports under the Jones Act.

     Recently, bills have been introduced in the U.S. Congress that would
eliminate the competitive advantages afforded to U.S. shipyards under the 1993
amendments to the Title XI guarantee program. This legislation would implement
a December 1994 trade agreement among the United States, the European Union,
Finland, Japan, Korea, Norway and Sweden (which collectively control over 75%
of the market share for worldwide vessel construction) negotiated under the
auspices of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the
"OECD Agreement"). The OECD Agreement and related accords seek, among other
things, to eliminate government subsidies provided to commercial shipbuilders
and to adopt a uniform standard of government credit assistance for foreign
nationals. Under these multilateral accords, each participating nation agreed
not to provide credit assistance to foreign nationals in excess of 80% of the
vessel construction price, and to limit the term of any credit assistance to
not more than 12 years. In mid-December 1995, a subcommittee of the Ways and
Means Committee of the U.S. House of Representatives passed a bill seeking to
implement the OECD Agreement. If this bill is enacted by Congress in its
current form, the Title XI guarantee program would be modified to be in accord
<PAGE>
with the uniform credit assistance standards mandated under the OECD Agreement,
thereby eliminating the advantages available to U.S. shipyards under the 1993
Title XI amendments.

     Avondale is not able at this time to assess whether legislation
implementing the OECD Agreement will be enacted by Congress or the ultimate
impact that any such legislation may have. Although the OECD Agreement promotes
the goal of eliminating commercial shipbuilding subsidies by signatory nations,
there can be no assurance that certain safeguards in the agreement will not be
circumvented or will be adequately enforced, or that worldwide commercial
shipbuilding opportunities may continue to flow to foreign shipyards located in
signatory nations (which may have developed structural competitive advantages
as a result of their long histories of subsidization) or may be diverted to
non-signatory nations. If the competitive advantages of the current Title XI
guarantee program are eliminated and the OECD Agreement fails to achieve its
objectives, Avondale's ability to compete for international commercial
shipbuilding contracts will remain limited, notwithstanding the increased
opportunities that are expected to arise as vessels of the worldwide tanker and
product carrier fleet approach the end of their useful lives.

     The OECD Agreement is not expected to immediately diminish commercial
opportunities arising under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Jones Act.
Legislative bills seeking to rescind or substantially modify the provisions of
the Jones Act mandating the use of U.S.-built ships for coastwise trade are
introduced in Congress from time to time, and are expected to be introduced in
the future. Although management believes it is unlikely the Jones Act will be
rescinded or materially modified in the foreseeable future, there can be no
assurance to this effect with respect to the Jones Act or any other law or
regulation benefitting U.S. shipbuilders. 

     Technological Innovations. To assure that its shipyard remains among the
most modern in the world, Avondale regularly reviews and assesses its
construction and production process. In this regard, Avondale often consults
with other highly successful shipbuilding companies concerning advances in
shipbuilding technology. In the early 1980s, the Company was the first U.S.
shipyard to successfully implement modular construction techniques that had
previously been perfected by Japanese shipbuilders. Management believes these
techniques were a major factor in Japan's dominance of the commercial
shipbuilding market during the 1970s. Avondale obtained its modular construction
capabilities and "know-how" pursuant to an agreement with Ishikawajima-Harima
Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. ("IHI"), one of Japan's largest shipbuilders, which
worked with Avondale to change its manufacturing processes and to train
Avondale's employees. Modular construction afforded Avondale significant
production efficiencies in the installation of ship systems, largely due to the
greater ease with which such systems could be installed in open modules rather
than closed-in hulls. As a result of these efforts, Avondale realized
substantial increases in labor productivity.

     The Company has also embarked on a modernization program to enhance its
ability to build and deliver vessels at a lower cost. In 1994 the Company
entered into a technology sharing agreement with AESA of Spain, regarded as an
innovative and successful world-class shipyard. After an on-site review of
Avondale's shipyard by AESA, as well as a review by Avondale of current
shipbuilding technology in other countries, Avondale invested $20 million in
capital improvements designed to increase efficiency by improving production
flow. In particular, the Company integrated certain assembly-line techniques
with its modular construction processes. To that end, the Company has built a
covered facility that houses two production lines dedicated to military vessels
<PAGE>
and two lines for commercial vessels.  Avondale believes that sheltering the
production process and separating the unit lines will enhance production
efficiencies and lower unit production costs. 
 
     Because the construction of commercial vessels, particularly the product
carriers that Avondale has traditionally built, places an emphasis on steel
fabrication rather than the complex technological outfitting involved in U.S.
naval construction, the assembly-line process implemented by the Company's new
production facility should particularly benefit Avondale's efforts to remain an
efficient, low-cost commercial shipbuilder. In addition, the Company's recent
experience in constructing U.S. naval vessels that are primarily transport
vessels, such as the Sealift and the LSD-CV, can be beneficially applied to the
construction of large-scale commercial product carriers.
 
Shipbuilding
 
     The Company is predominantly engaged in the design, construction,
conversion, repair and modernization of various types of military and commercial
vessels.

     The main shipyard facility, which is located on a 257-acre site on the
Mississippi River near New Orleans, includes multiple building ways, side
launching facilities, a 900-foot floating dry dock/launch platform that permits
construction of vessels up to 1,000 feet in length, and a 650-foot floating dry
dock principally used for ship repair. The main shipyard is equipped to build
almost any type of vessel other than nuclear submarines and surface vessels of
the largest classes, such as ultra-large crude carriers. Avondale also operates
several other facilities in the vicinity of the main shipyard, including its
Westwego shipyard, which is used primarily for boat construction and repair,
and its Algiers shipyard, which is used primarily for the repair and overhaul
of ocean-going vessels.

     The Company has been and continues to be materially dependent on the U.S.
Navy's ship construction and conversion programs. The following table sets
forth the distribution of marine construction and repair activities during the
last five years based on contract billings. As the table indicates, a majority
of Avondale's work in the year ended December 31, 1995 was comprised of new
military construction. Commercial new construction increased in 1995,
principally due to the construction of the four forebodies for American
Heavylift Shipping Company and the construction of the river hopper barges
discussed in "--Other Operations--Boat Division."
<PAGE>
              Distribution of Marine Construction and Repair Work
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   1991  1992  1993  1994  1995
                                                   ----  ----  ----  ----  ----
<S>                                                <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
U.S. MILITARY:
  New construction................................  72%   87%   88%   81%   80%
  Repair, overhaul and conversion.................  13%    6%    2%
COMMERCIAL:
  New construction................................  10%    2%    6%   11%   16%
  Repair, overhaul and conversion.................   5%    5%    4%    8%    4%
                                                   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---
TOTAL:                                             100%  100%  100%  100%  100%
                                                   ===   ===   ===   ===   ===
</TABLE>

The percentage of new construction for the U.S. Navy in 1995 was virtually
unchanged for 1994. Commercial repair, overhaul and conversion decreased in
1995 as compared to 1994 as the Company's work on several contracts with a
private contractor for the repair of Sealift ships approached completion.
See "--Other Operations--Repair Operations."

     Government Contracting. Avondale's principal U.S. government business is
currently being performed under fixed-price and fixed-price incentive
contracts. Under fixed-price contracts, the contractor retains all cost savings
on completed contracts but is also liable for the full amount of all cost
overruns for which it is responsible. Fixed-price incentive contracts, on the
other hand, provide for sharing between the government and the contractor of
cost savings and cost overruns based primarily on a specified formula that
compares the contract target cost with actual cost. In addition, such fixed-
price incentive contracts generally provide for payment of escalation of costs
based on published indices relating to the shipbuilding industry. Although all
cost savings are shared under fixed-price incentive contracts, cost overruns in
excess of a specified amount must be borne entirely by the contractor. Recent
contract awards for the Sealift vessels, the fourth LSD-CV and the Icebreaker
are each fixed-price incentive contracts.
 
     All contracts for the construction and conversion of U.S. Navy vessels are
subject to competitive bidding. As a safeguard to anti-competitive bidding
practices, the U.S. Navy has recently employed the concept of "cost realism,"
which requires that each bidder submit information on pricing, estimated costs
of completion and anticipated profit margins. The U.S. Navy uses this and other
data to determine an estimated cost for each bidder. The U.S. Navy then re-
evaluates the bids by using the higher of the bidder's and the U.S. Navy's cost
estimates.
 
     Under government regulations, certain costs, including certain financing
costs, portions of research and development costs and certain marketing
expenses, are not allowable costs under fixed-price incentive contracts. The
government also regulates the methods by which overhead costs are allocated to
government contracts.

     U.S. government contracts are subject to termination by the government
either for its convenience or upon default by the contractor. If the termination
<PAGE>
is for the government's convenience, contracts provide for payment upon
termination for items delivered to and accepted by the government, payment of
the contractor's costs incurred plus the costs of settling and paying claims by
terminated subcontractors, other settlement expenses and a reasonable profit.
However, if a contract termination results from the contractor's default, the
contractor is paid such amount as may be agreed upon for completed and
partially completed products and services accepted by the government. The
government is not liable for the contractor's costs with respect to unaccepted
items and is entitled to repayment of advance payments and progress payments,
if any, related to the terminated portions of the contract. In addition, the
contractor may be liable for excess costs incurred by the government in
procuring undelivered items from another source.
 
     The continuation of any U.S. Navy shipbuilding program is dependent upon
the continuing availability of Congressional appropriations for that program. It
is customary for the U.S. Navy to award contracts to build one or more vessels
of a program to a contractor together with options (exercisable by the U.S.
Navy) to purchase additional vessels in the program. Generally, contracts to
build vessels are not awarded until funds to pay the full contract have been
appropriated. However, because Congress usually appropriates funds on a fiscal
year basis, funds may never be appropriated to permit the U.S. Navy to exercise
options that have been awarded. In addition, even if funds are appropriated,
the U.S. Navy is not required to exercise the options.

     Because its U.S. Navy contracts require the Company to have access to
classified information, Avondale must maintain a security clearance for its
facility. Among other things, facilities with such clearances must restrict the
access of non-U.S. citizens to classified information. If in the future the
percentage of foreign ownership of the Company's Common Stock is increased to a
level that could result in foreign dominance or control of its activities, the
Company would be required to implement additional measures to insure that
classified material would not be compromised or risk the loss of its security
clearance.

     Due to the complexity of government contracts and applicable regulations,
contract disputes with the government may occur in the ordinary course of the
Company's business. Based upon management's analysis of each such dispute and
advice of counsel, the Company records, if appropriate, an estimate of the
amount recoverable upon resolution of such disputes. There are currently no
such amounts recorded. Although management believes its estimates are based
upon a reasonable analysis of such disputes, no assurance can be given that its
estimates will be accurate, and variances between such estimates and actual
results can be material. The Company believes that adequate provision has been
made in its financial statements for this and other normal uncertainties
incident to its government business.
 
     There is significant oversight of defense contractors to prevent waste in
the defense procurement process. Areas of contract dispute are reviewed by the
government for evidence of criminal misconduct such as mischarging, product
substitution and false certification of pricing and other data. In the event
the government alleges a violation of its procurement regulations, it may seek
compensatory, treble or punitive damages in substantial amounts and
indictments, fines, penalties and forfeitures. In addition, the government has
the right to suspend or debar a contractor from government contracting for
significant violations of government procurement regulations. Avondale has
never been subject to suspension or debarment.

     Vessel Deliveries and Backlog. At December 31, 1995, the Company had a
<PAGE>
firm backlog of shipbuilding contracts of approximately $1.4 billion (exclusive
of unexercised options aggregating $485.0 million held by the U.S. Navy for
additional ship orders (including contract escalation) and a commercial
contract subject to financing), compared with backlogs of $1.4 billion at
December 31, 1994 and $1.3 billion at December 31, 1993. The backlog at
December 31, 1995 included $40.0 million to complete the one remaining T-AO out
of the seven awarded in the initial contract; $140.0 million to complete two of
the four LSD-CV vessels that were awarded (two of which were delivered in
1995); $240.0 million related to the Icebreaker under a contract awarded in
1993; and $880.0 million related to four Sealift ships, under contracts awarded
in 1993, 1994 and 1995. Also included in the firm backlog at December 31, 1995
was $35.0 million to complete three MHCs out of the four contracted for by the
U.S. Navy. The first MHC has already been delivered. Currently two of the MHCs
are scheduled for delivery in 1996 and one in 1997. In addition, Avondale has
recently signed two commercial shipbuilding contracts, one of which is subject
to the shipping company's ability to qualify for and receive a Title XI MARAD
financing guarantee.

     All major U.S. Navy contracts in the backlog, except for the contract to
construct three LSD-CVs and the last three T-AOs, contain cost escalation
clauses that are intended to compensate the Company for increases in wage rates
and material costs based on industry indices. The contract to construct the
three LSD-CVs and the last three T-AOs, as originally awarded, contained a cost
escalation clause, but as part of the contract modifications the contracts were
converted to fixed-price contracts.

     Vessel deliveries in 1994 and 1995 included three T-AOs, two LSD-CVs, one
MHC and three gaming vessels. The Company plans to continue to actively pursue
other government construction and conversion opportunities, as well as
commercial opportunities, when they become available.

     The Company also has been actively pursuing commercial shipbuilding
opportunities, although international commercial shipbuilding opportunities
remain limited because shipbuilders in foreign countries are often subsidized
by their governments, which allows them to sell their ships for prices below
their construction costs. Domestic shipbuilding opportunities that are not
affected by foreign subsidies offer better possibilities for the Company. See
"--Overview--Reemergence of Commercial Shipbuilding."

     In connection with the bids and proposals that the Company has submitted
or plans to submit to various commercial and government customers, no assurance
can be given that the Company will be the successful bidder or that the vessels
bid on will actually be built.

Other Operations

     Overview. Although the Company has from time to time, on a limited basis,
pursued opportunities to diversify its business, management strongly believes
that the Company's resources are most profitably employed in marine
construction. As noted in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," in order to focus on its core
shipbuilding business and improve liquidity, the Company sold or discontinued
certain of its non-core operations. The Company will continue to evaluate
suitable diversification opportunities, principally those that would not
detract from Avondale's core business and that would utilize the Company's
existing facilities. Among possible diversification opportunities are: (i) the
construction of large industrial facilities utilizing modular shipbuilding
expertise and project management experience; (ii) the repair and overhaul of
<PAGE>
U.S. Navy and commercial vessels; (iii) the construction of semi-submersible
rigs, tension-leg platforms or similar structures used in the offshore oil and
gas industry (which the Company has constructed from time to time in the past);
(iv) steel fabrication and other operations.

     Modular Construction. The Company has been able to apply its modular
construction methods to a variety of non-marine industrial fabrication
projects, including a sulphur recovery plant that was shipped to Saudi Arabia
for on-site assembly and installation, two cryogenic gas separation systems,
two waste disposal units, six turbine compressors and turbine generators, six
condenser modules for inclusion in a nuclear power plant, and two sled and
receiver modules for sub-sea pipeline connections. The Company has also
fabricated steel bridges and a hydroelectric power plant that was floated up
the Mississippi River and installed in Vidalia, Louisiana in 1990. In January
1992, the Company delivered to the City of New York an 800-bed floating
detention facility that is 625 feet long, 125 feet wide, and five stories high.

     Avondale's modular construction division has not engaged in any
significant projects since the floating detention center was delivered in the
early 1990s.  Although at present there is a minimal level of production
activity in this division, Avondale will continue to pursue non-shipbuilding
marine and industrial-commercial projects suitable for modular construction as
attractive opportunities arise.
 
     Small Vessel Construction. The Company pursues available opportunities for
the construction of special purpose vessels, and relatively small, special
purpose military vessels, commercial fishing boats, dredges, barges, and
ferries.

     Boat Division. The Company has a facility equipped for boat construction at
its Westwego, Louisiana shipyard that is capable of building vessels up to 450
feet in length. In 1994, the Boat Division delivered two gaming vessels which
are 266 and 210 feet in length, and in mid-1995 the division delivered a third
gaming vessel which is 350 feet in length. The Boat Division has also recently
signed a $26 million contract to construct river hopper barges for Ingram Ohio
Barge Company. The Boat Division is actively pursuing other projects, involving
the construction of additional gaming boats as well as passenger vessels and
ferries, towboats and other vessels. The Boat Division's backlog at December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was approximately $18.8 million, $18.3 million and
$13.0 million, respectively.

     Steel Operations. Through its Steel Sales operation, Avondale sells steel
plate and structural steel to the marine and industrial markets in the Gulf
Coast region of the United States. Net sales to other Avondale divisions are
not significant. Sales to unrelated parties for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 were approximately $28.2 million, $22.4 million and $19.0
million, respectively.

     Repair Operations. At its main shipyard and the Algiers shipyard, Avondale
engages in the repair, overhaul and conversion of ocean-going vessels. With the
900 and 650 foot drydocks located at the Company's main shipyard, the Company
is capable of offering a complete range of vessel repairs and overhaul
services. The Algiers shipyard is operated under a long-term lease and is
designed primarily for the topside repair and overhaul of large ocean-going
vessels. Although historically Avondale has engaged in the repair and overhaul
of U.S. Navy vessels, these opportunities have been curtailed by the U.S.
Navy's current policy of requiring such work to be conducted at or near the
vessels' home ports.
<PAGE>
Competition

     The shipbuilding industry is divided into two distinct markets, U.S.
government contracts, which is dominated by contracts for the U.S. Navy, and
domestic and international shipbuilding contracts for commercial customers. The
reduced level of shipbuilding activity by the U.S. government during the past
decade has significantly intensified competition. With respect to the market
for U.S. military contracts, there are principally five private U.S. shipyards,
including Avondale, that compete for contracts to construct or convert surface
vessels. Three of these companies are subsidiaries of much larger corporations
that have substantially greater resources than Avondale.

     With respect to commercial vessels that must be constructed by a U.S.
shipyard under the Jones Act, there are approximately 20 private U.S. shipyards
that can accommodate the construction of vessels up to 400 feet in length, ten
of which Avondale considers to be its direct competitors for commercial
contracts. Because of the current overcapacity at U.S. shipyards, the current
small volume of commercial work available, and the fact that most contracts are
awarded on the basis of competitive bidding, price competition is particularly
intense. With respect to the international commercial shipbuilding market,
Avondale competes with numerous shipyards in several countries, many of which
are heavily subsidized by their governments. See "--Overview--Reemergence of
Commercial Shipbuilding."

     Substantially all military and commercial contracts awarded to U.S.
shipyards are competitively bid. The Company has been successful recently in
securing competitively bid contracts in large part because the Company
submitted the most cost-effective bids for the available contracts. The Company
believes that it will continue to be competitive in bidding for selected U.S.
Navy and commercial shipbuilding contracts in the future. However, no assurance
can be given that the Company will be the successful bidder on any future
contracts or that, if successful, it will realize profits on such contracts.
 
Marketing
 
     The Company's marketing effort is decentralized and conducted separately
by each division. Generally, the Company and its competitors are all aware of
the shipbuilding, repair and conversion plans of the U.S. Navy and most
prospective commercial customers, and are invited to bid on all major projects.
 
     The Company's boatbuilding and repair operations are marketed by the sales
and business development personnel of the appropriate divisions primarily
through direct, personal sales calls. The services of the Steel Sales operation
are marketed through industry advertising, personal sales calls and prior
business relationships.
 
Materials and Supplies

     The principal materials used by Avondale in its shipbuilding, conversion
and repair business are standard steel shapes, steel plate and paint. Other
materials used in large quantities include aluminum, copper-nickel and steel
pipe, electrical cable and fittings. The Company also purchases component parts
such as propulsion systems, boilers, generators and other equipment. All of
these materials and parts are currently available in adequate supply from
domestic and foreign sources. Generally, for all its long-term contracts, the
Company obtains price quotations for its materials requirements from multiple
suppliers to ensure competitive pricing. In addition, through the cost
escalation provisions contained in its U.S. military contracts, the Company is
<PAGE>
protected from increases in its materials costs to the extent that the
increases in the Company's costs are in line with industry indices.
 
     In connection with its government contracts, the Company is required to
procure certain materials and component parts from supply sources approved by
the U.S. Government. Although certain components and sub-assemblies are
manufactured by subcontractors, the Company's reliance on subcontractors has
been and is expected by management to continue to be limited. The Company is
not dependent upon any one supply source and believes that its supply sources
are adequate to meet its future needs.
 
Insurance
 
     The Company maintains insurance against property damage caused by fire,
explosion and similar catastrophic events that may result in physical damage or
destruction to the Company's premises and properties. The Company also
maintains general liability insurance in amounts it deems appropriate for its
business. The Company is self-insured for workers' compensation liability and
employees' health insurance except for losses in excess of $1.0 million per
occurrence, for which the Company maintains insurance in amounts it deems
appropriate.
 
Environmental and Safety Matters

     General. Avondale is subject to federal, state and local environmental
laws and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants
into the environment and establish standards for the treatment, storage and
disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes. Stringent fines and penalties may be
imposed for non-compliance with these laws and regulations, and certain
environmental laws impose joint and several "strict liability" for remediation
of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances rendering a person liable
for environmental damage, without regard to negligence or fault on the part of
such person. Such laws and regulations may expose the Company to liability for
the conduct of or conditions caused by others, or for acts of the Company which
are or were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were
performed. The Company is covered under its various insurance policies for
some, but not all, potential environmental liabilities. See Note 10 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     The Company is also subject to the federal Occupational Safety and Health
Act ("OSHA") and similar state statutes. The Company has an extensive health and
safety program and employs a staff of safety inspectors and industrial hygiene
technicians, whose primary functions are to develop Company policies that meet
or exceed the safety standards set by OSHA, train supervisors and make daily
inspections of safety procedures to insure their compliance with Company
policies on safety and industrial hygiene. All supervisors are required to
attend safety training meetings at which the importance of full compliance with
safety procedures is emphasized.
 
     Waste Disposal. Avondale's operations produce a limited amount of
industrial waste products and certain hazardous materials. The Company's
industrial waste products, which consist principally of residual petroleum,
other combustibles and blasting abrasives, are shipped to third party disposal
sites that are licensed to handle such materials.
 
Employees

     Since September 1985, when all of its outstanding Common Stock was
<PAGE>
purchased by the ESOP from Ogden Corporation, Avondale has been owned
principally by its current and former employees. At December 31, 1995, Avondale
had approximately 5,300 employees, many of whom have been employed by the
Company for many years.  

     None of Avondale's employees are currently covered by any collective
bargaining agreement. However, on June 23, 1993 an election was conducted to
determine whether certain of the New Orleans area employees desired to have
union representation. A total of 3,914 workers cast votes, of which
approximately 850 votes were challenged by the NLRB and union organizers on a
variety of grounds. Although the union did receive a majority of the
unchallenged ballots, challenged ballots (which remain under seal) in numbers
sufficient to determine the outcome of the election remain uncounted awaiting
the NLRB's decision. The Company has filed objections with the NLRB seeking to
have the election set aside. The NLRB is currently reviewing the challenged
votes and evaluating the Company's objections to the election. The hearing
officer assigned to the case has recommended to the NLRB that certain of the
disputed votes be counted and that the Company's objections be rejected. If the
NLRB upholds the election and certifies the union, and that decision is not
overturned by subsequent judicial proceedings, the Company would be required
under federal labor laws to bargain in good faith with the union on matters such
as wages, hours and other working conditions.  Even though Avondale will only
agree to bargaining demands that can be economically justified, union
certification may result in an increased risk that the union will engage in
potentially disruptive activities such as strikes or picketing, or that the
Company may incur higher labor and operating costs.

     The union has also filed numerous unfair labor practice charges with the
NLRB alleging that Avondale has committed a variety of violations of the
National Labor Relations Act principally involving claims that employees were
wrongfully disciplined or discharged. Although the Company disputes these
claims and is waging a vigorous defense, if there is a finding against the
Company, depending on the facts of each case, the employee would be entitled to
back pay from the time of his or her claim until the resolution of the case.
However, even if there is a finding in favor of some of the claimants with
respect to one or more of the unfair labor practice claims, management believes
that any judgment would not have a material impact on Avondale's financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.


                      Glossary of Selected Industry Terms
 
<TABLE>
 <C>        <S>
 ADC(X)     A class of auxiliary vessels designed to deliver a steady supply of
            fuel, ammunition and stores to the U.S. Navy fleet. It is currently
            envisioned that these vessels will have "Refuel at Sea"
            capabilities similar to the T-AOs currently under construction at
            Avondale.

 AO         An auxiliary oil tanker constructed for the U.S. Navy and crewed by
            U.S. Navy personnel. Avondale has built five AOs.

 AOJ        An AO which has been "jumboized" i.e., lengthened by the Company by
            inserting a 108 foot midbody. Avondale has converted five AOJs.

 Icebreaker WAGB-20 Polar Icebreaker, which has been ordered by the U.S. Coast
            Guard for its polar operations.
<PAGE>
 Jones Act  Merchant Marine Act of 1920, as amended.

 LASH       "Lighter aboard ship," a LASH vessel carries its cargo in pre-
            loaded barges (lighters). The Company constructed 21 such vessels
            in the late 1960s and early 1970s for five commercial customers.

 LCAC       "Landing craft air cushion," a surface effect vessel that was
            constructed at the Company's Gulfport facility. Avondale has built
            15 LCACs.

 LPD-17     The next class of amphibious assault ship proposed by the U.S.
            Navy.

 LSD        "Landing ship dock," designed to carry troops, materials and up to
            four LCACs. Avondale has built five LSDs.

 LSD-CV     An LSD with a "cargo variant" design allowing for carrying of more
            cargo and only 2 LCACs. Avondale has built four LSD-CVs.

 MARAD      United States Maritime Administration, Department of
            Transportation.

 MHC        MHC-51 class fiberglass coastal minehunter. Avondale has built four
            MHCs.

 REAs       Requests for Equitable Adjustments submitted by a government
            contractor to the U.S. government, as explained further under the
            heading "Risk Factors."

 SC-21      "Surface Combatant 21st Century," the next generation of surface
            combatant to be built for the U.S. Navy. As currently conceived,
            this vessel would most closely resemble the Aegis class destroyer.

 SL 7       A "Roll on Roll off" vessel operated by a private company for the
            Military Sealift Command. Avondale has converted three SL 7s.

 Sealift    As used herein, TAKR 300 Class Sealift vessels are transport
            vessels built for the U.S. Navy. Avondale has contracts to build
            four Sealift vessels with options to build an additional two
	    vessels.

 T-AGS 45   An oceanographic research vessel constructed by Avondale and
            delivered to the U.S. Navy in May 1993.

 T-AO       Same as an "AO" but operated by the military sealift command and
            crewed by a civilian crew. Avondale has built sixteen T-AOs.
</TABLE>


Item 2.   Properties

     The Company's corporate headquarters and main shipyard are located on the
west bank of the Mississippi River at Avondale, Louisiana, approximately 15
miles from downtown New Orleans. That facility includes approximately 226 acres
of Company-owned land with 174 buildings enclosing approximately 2.0 million
square feet of space, approximately 31 acres of leased land, a 900-foot floating
dry dock/launch platform that permits construction, conversion or repair of
vessels up to approximately 1,000 feet in length, and a 650-foot floating dry
<PAGE>
dock principally used for ship repair and multiple building ways and side
launching facilities.  The main shipyard includes approximately 6,500 feet of
wharves, 1,200 feet of launch ways and 2,900 feet of unimproved waterfront
along the Mississippi River.  The Company's shipyard facilities have the
capacity to build virtually any type of vessel other than submarines and
surface vessels of the largest classes, such as ultra-large crude carriers.

     The Company's 900-foot floating drydock was constructed in 1975 and
financed pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended.  The
900 foot drydock is currently subject to a Title XI mortgage of approximately
$3.9 million.  As discussed further in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, these mortgage bonds were refinanced in February 1995.

     The Company's 650-foot floating drydock and support facilities were
constructed in 1982 and financed with $36.25 million of industrial revenue bonds
(see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  As part of
its program to significantly improve its efficiency, in 1995 the Company
completed an approximate $20 million capital expenditure program, financed
principally through $17.8 million of bonds issued in February 1995 utilizing a
Title XI guarantee (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" and
Note 4 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  The
modernization program includes construction of a covered facility, which should
provide productivity gains by eliminating weather-related problems, and
adoption of a more automated process for building the various modules which are
assembled into a completed vessel.

     As part of its program to significantly improve its efficiency, in 1995 the
Company completed an approximate $20 million capital expenditure program, 
financed principally through $17.8 million of bonds issued in February 1995
utilizing a Title XI guarantee (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources"
and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).  The
modernization program includes construction of a covered facility, which should
provide productivity gains by eliminating weather-related problems, and
adoption of a more automated process for building the various modules which are
assembled into a completed vessel.

     During February 1995, the Company established two additional entities for
the purpose of owning certain parcels of Avondale's real estate which underlie
the building and improvements funded with the proceeds of the debt guaranteed
under Title XI (as discussed above).  The first entity is Avondale Properties,
Inc., a Louisiana corporation, wholly owned by Avondale Industries, Inc.  The
second entity is Avondale Land Management Company, a Louisiana Partnership owned
99% by Avondale Properties, Inc.  The properties transferred represent
approximately 143 of the 210 acres which comprise the Company's main facility.
These parcels are leased back to Avondale Industries, Inc. pursuant to certain
lease agreements with a term coincident with the Title XI debt.

     The Company also operates several other facilities in the vicinity of the
main shipyard.  The Westwego Yard is located five miles down-river from the main
shipyard on 16.6 acres of leased land and includes facilities for the
construction or repair of boats and vessels up to 450 feet in length.  The
Algiers Yard is located 19 miles down-river from the main shipyard on 22 acres
of leased land and includes construction facilities used predominantly for the
repair and overhaul of large ocean-going vessels.  The Steel Sales operation is
located on 4.4 acres of property leased on a month-to-month basis in Harvey,
Louisiana, where a steel warehouse is located.  The location has direct access
<PAGE>
to the Mississippi River via the Harvey Canal.  The Modular Construction
operation, located in an approximately 70,000 square foot facility on a 58 acre
Company-owned site a few miles up-river from the main shipyard, consists of a
complete machine shop with steel fabricating facilities.

     The Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. ("AGM") facility is located on 24.5
acres of Company-owned land located six miles northeast of Gulfport, Mississippi
on an industrial seaway.  The site has a 98,800 square foot manufacturing
facility and a 25,000 square foot assembly building.  The site also includes a
test area, a craft storage area and a waterway access ramp.  This facility is
currently idle and has been listed for sale.  However, the Company continues to
seek alternative uses for this facility.

     The Avondale Enterprises, Inc. ("AEI") facility is located on a Company-
owned 121.5 acre site four miles north northeast of Gulfport, Mississippi on the
same industrial seaway as AGM.  The facility includes a 263,447 square foot
manufacturing facility and a 6,300 square foot administration building.  This
facility was acquired in 1989 for construction of the MHCs.  AEI has pledged a
portion of the facility to secure a $3 million loan it entered into in 1991 to
finance a portion of its 1989 acquisition debt.  Upon the transfer of the final
MHC hull to the main shipyard in December 1994, this facility became idle.  The
Company is currently utilizing a portion of the facility for the construction of
barge covers as part of the river hopper barge construction contract discussed
at "Business - Other Operations - Boat Division." 

      The main facility operated by the Genco Industries Group ("Genco") is
located on a Company-owned 8.7 acre site 20 miles southeast of Beaumont, Texas.
The facility includes five buildings utilized for manufacturing and
administration comprising approximately 66,800 square feet.  Genco has a smaller
facility that is located on a Company-owned 3.2 acre site approximately 80 miles
northwest of Beaumont.  This facility consists of three manufacturing-
administration buildings totaling approximately 26,500 square feet.  Genco's
facilities became idle in 1994 after completion of their contracts.  The Company
currently has these facilities listed for sale and is exploring alternative
uses.

     Except as otherwise noted above, the above-described facility leases are
for various terms extending through at least 1999, including renewal options.

     The Company believes that its core marine construction and repair
facilities provide it with sufficient capacity to handle any business it
reasonable expects to obtain in the foreseeable future.  In general, the
Company's productive capacity is limited less by physical facilities than by the
number of employees the Company can effectively supervise.  Management believes
that the Company would be operating at full capacity with approximately 10,000
employees.  The Company's core business currently operates with more than 5,200
employees.


Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

     Environmental Proceedings.  Various governmental and private parties have
from time to time alleged that the Company is a potentially responsible party
with respect to certain hazardous waste sites, including, among other things,
the site listed below.

     In January 1986, the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality ("DEQ")
advised the Company that it may be a potentially responsible party ("PRP") with
<PAGE>
respect to an oil reclamation site operated by an unaffiliated company in
Walker, Louisiana. The Company sold to the operator a substantial portion of the
waste oil that was processed at the reclamation site during the period 1978
through 1982. The Company's potential liability, if any, for cleanup of this
site will be based on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA") or the Louisiana Environmental Affairs Act.
Under these statutes, such liability is presumptively joint and several, but is
typically apportioned among the responsible parties based on the volume of
material sent by each to the waste site. The Company has cooperated with other
PRPs to study the potential aggregate liability under these statutes. Moreover,
the Company believes it has substantial defenses against liability and defenses
that could mitigate the portion of liability, if any, that would otherwise be
attributable to it.

     To date, the Company and certain of the other PRPs for the site have funded
the site's remediation under a preliminary cost-sharing agreement. As of
December 31, 1995 clean-up costs totalled $17 million, of which the Company has
contributed $3.6 million. Additional work scheduled for the site includes
completion of studies in 1996, and if required by the results of these studies,
subsequent remediation.  Following completion of any such required additional
remediation, it will be necessary to obtain Environmental Protection Agency
approval to close the site, which consent may require subsequent post-closure
activities such as groundwater monitoring and site maintenance for many years.
The Company is not able to estimate the final costs for any such additional
remedial work or post-closure costs that may be required; however, the Company
believes that its proportionate share of expenditures for any additional work
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
In addition, the Company believes that its proportionate responsibility for the
clean-up costs will not be materially changed.

     Since July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been filed against the
Company and numerous other defendants alleging claims for personal injury,
property damage, and "fear  of  cancer"  in connection with the reclamation site
discussed above. The plaintiffs also sought substantial punitive damages.  These
cases were consolidated and certified as a class action. In 1995, the Judge for
the Federal District Court for the Western District of Louisiana issued a ruling
from the bench approving the Company's settlement of the class action lawsuit.  
Based on the advice of its counsel, the Company believes that a written order
confirming its earlier bench ruling will be issued by the Federal District Court
in the near future.  Under the terms of the court approved settlement, which is
subject to appeal following the issuance of the final written order, the Company
paid $4.0 million cash into a settlement fund in the third quarter of 1995,
using cash from operations, and issued a $2.0 million unsecured note to the
plaintiff class.  The note bears interest at 8% per annum and is due on
January 28,1997.  The Company had previously recorded an accrual sufficient to 
provide for the $6.0 million settlement and has sufficient liquidity to fund the
note.  The Company could also be responsible for payment to the plaintiffs of up
to an additional $6.0 million (plus interest at 8% per annum) if the plaintiffs
are unsuccessful in collecting certain claims under Avondale's insurance
policies that have been assigned to the plaintiff class under the settlement
agreement.  With respect to the potential contingent liability of the Company to
pay additional sums under the settlement agreement, management believes that the
eventual resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

     Furthermore, the Company has initiated litigation against its insurer for a
declaration of coverage of the liability, if any, that may arise in connection
with the remediation of the site referred to above. The court has ruled that the
<PAGE>
insurer has the duty to defend the Company, but has not yet ruled on whether
the carrier has a duty to indemnify the Company if any liability is ultimately
assessed against it. After consultation with counsel, the Company is unable to
predict the eventual outcome of this litigation or the degree to which such
potential liability would be indemnified by its insurance carrier.

     In addition to the above, the Company is also named as a defendant in other
lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, some of
which involve substantial claims.

     The Company has established accruals as appropriate for certain of the
matters discussed above. While the ultimate outcome of lawsuits and proceedings
against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes,
based on current facts and circumstances and after review with counsel, that,
the eventual resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. 


Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     The Company did not submit any matters to a vote of security holders during
the fourth quarter of its fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.


 
				    PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
                                      
     The Company's common stock has traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market ("NASDAQ")
under the symbol AVDL.  The following table sets forth the range of high and low
per share sales prices, as reported by NASDAQ, for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          
	                       High       Low
        		       ----	  ---	
	 <S>		      <C>	  <C>
	 1994
         ----
         First Quarter        $  8 1/2    $  6 5/8
         Second Quarter       $  8 1/2    $  6 1/4
         Third Quarter        $  8 1/4    $  6 1/8
         Fourth Quarter       $  8        $  6 5/8


         1995
         ----
         First Quarter        $  8 1/8    $  7 1/8
         Second Quarter       $  9 1/4    $  7
         Third Quarter        $ 15 7/8    $  8 1/8
         Fourth Quarter       $ 16 3/8    $ 12 3/4
</TABLE>       
     

     At December 31, 1995, there were 719 holders of record of the Company's
Common Stock.
<PAGE>
     The Company does not currently pay dividends on its Common Stock and no
dividends were paid on the Company's Common Stock during the two years ended
December 31, 1995.  As discussed in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, the terms of the Company's revolving credit agreement
limit or restrict, without bank approval, the payment of cash dividends.

<PAGE>
Item 6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data.

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table contains selected consolidated financial data for the
Company and its subsidiaries for each of the fiscal years in the five-year
period ended December 31, 1995. The data for each of the fiscal years in the
five-year period ended December 31, 1995 are derived from the consolidated
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. The consolidated
financial statements as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, and the report of
Deloitte & Touche LLP thereon, have been included in this Form 10-K.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Years Ended December 31,
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                                (In thousands, except per share data)
                            1991      1992      1993(2)     1994(2)    1995(2)
                          --------  --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
 DATA:(1)
Continuing operations:
 Net sales..............  $768,887  $576,384  $  456,724  $  475,810  $  576,308
 Gross profit (loss)....   (30,090)   37,796      33,180      47,485      58,671
 Income (loss) from
  operations............  (119,842)    7,281       3,400      16,949      26,548
 Net ESOP
  contribution(5).......    24,000     8,141          --          --          --
 Income (loss) from
  continuing operations.  (139,173)  (11,321)     (5,233)     13,075      28,180
Income (loss) from
 discontinued
 operations.............    (1,705)      104      (3,561)     (4,552)         --
Net income
 (loss)(3)(4)(6)........  (140,878)  (11,217)     (8,794)      8,523      28,180
Income (loss) per share
 of Common Stock:
 Continuing operations..     (9.64)    (0.78)      (0.36)       0.90        1.95
 Discontinued
  operations............     (0.12)       --       (0.25)      (0.31)         --
 Total..................     (9.76)    (0.78)      (0.61)       0.59        1.95
Cash dividends per share
 of Common Stock(7).....        --        --          --          --          --
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Current assets..........  $199,815  $177,075  $  151,597  $  127,936  $  173,593
Current liabilities.....   127,522   113,917     127,032      93,100      92,605
Total assets............   383,670   346,196     302,139     273,503     316,727
Long-term debt..........   110,009    90,469      43,848      45,875      60,593
Total liabilities.......   257,528   223,047     187,784     150,625     165,669
Shareholders' equity....   126,142   123,149     114,355     122,878     151,058
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(8)...............  $(49,395) $ 19,599  $   15,210  $   28,501  $   36,367
OPERATIONAL DATA:
Firm backlog............  $921,400  $678,000  $1,268,000  $1,424,000  $1,413,000
</TABLE>
- --------

(1) Income statement data for years 1991 through 1993 have been restated to
    present Avondale's service contracting subsidiary as discontinued
    operations (see Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).
    
(2) See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
    Results of Operations" and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    relating to, among other things, (i) proceeds received by the Company from
    the settlements of REAs in December 1993 and December 1995 and (ii) the
    impact of revisions of estimated profits on several previously completed
    shipbuilding contracts in 1994. 

(3) During 1991, the Company revised its estimated costs to complete certain
<PAGE>
    contracts which had the effect of decreasing net income by approximately
    $69.0 million, or $4.78 per share.

(4) During 1991, the Company revised its estimate of the continuing value and
    future benefits of goodwill. Accordingly, the Company reduced the carrying
    value of goodwill which had the effect of decreasing net income for 1991
    by $57.6 million, or $3.99 per share.

(5) The amounts reflected as Net ESOP contributions for 1991 and 1992 reflect
    contributions made by the Company to the ESOP, all of which were returned
    to the Company as repayments of indebtedness owed by the ESOP to the
    Company incurred in connection with the purchase by the ESOP of the Common
    Stock of the Company in 1985. Although these contributions were charged
    against income, they had no net effect on Shareholders' equity.

(6) Net income for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes a deferred income
    tax benefit of $13.0 million ($.90 per share) attributable to certain net
    operating loss carryforwards available to offset estimated future taxable
    earnings.

(7) The Company does not currently pay cash dividends on its Common Stock.
    
(8) As used herein, EBITDA is income (loss) from operations plus depreciation
    and amortization. EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts and is
    presented here to provide additional information about the Company's
    operations. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net
    income as a measure of the Company's operating performance or as an
    alternative to cash flows as a better measure of the Company's liquidity.
    For 1991, EBITDA does not include a $57.6 million write-down of goodwill.
    

Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations

     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Avondale
Industries, Inc.'s (the "Company" or "Avondale") Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Overview

     The Company's results of operations improved substantially during fiscal
1995 compared to the prior year. Net sales were 21% above the level recorded in
1994 while income from continuing operations before income taxes increased 78%
from the amount reported for fiscal year 1994. Further, 1995 net income more
than tripled that of 1994.

     The Company's firm backlog at December 31, 1995 was approximately $1.4
billion exclusive of unexercised options aggregating $485 million held by the
U.S. Navy for additional ship orders (including contract escalation) and a
commercial contract subject to financing. Firm backlog includes several
contracts awarded in 1995 with the most significant occurring in December 1995,
when the U.S. Navy exercised a previously awarded option to construct an
additional Sealift ship for approximately $206 million (or more than $235
million after considering certain additional components and cost escalation).
The exercise of this option represents the fourth ship which the Company has
been awarded in the Sealift program. The U.S. Navy holds options for two
additional Sealift ships that are exercisable over the next two years.

<PAGE>
     Other 1995 contract awards include a $143.9 million contract finalized in
May 1995 to construct four double-hulled forebodies for product carriers and a
$25.9 million contract to construct a series of river hopper barges.
Construction of the forebodies has begun and is expected to be completed by
mid-1997. In 1995 the Company also signed a contract with a U.S. shipping
company for the construction of up to six (but not less than four) double-
hulled product carriers. This contract is subject to the shipping company's
ability to qualify for and receive a Title XI MARAD financing guarantee.
Assuming receipt of such guarantee, the contract calls for delivery of the
vessels by the end of 1998. 

     The Company previously disclosed that it had filed a REA with the U.S.
Navy related to the four MHCs currently under contract with the Company (the
"Minehunter REA"). On December 29, 1995 the Company announced that it settled
the Minehunter REA for an amount that was consistent with the previously
recorded estimate of the amount recoverable under the Minehunter REA. The
settlement should enable the Company to complete the MHC program on a break-
even basis through the remainder of contract performance. The first of the four
MHCs was delivered to the U.S. Navy in August 1995, with the remaining three
ships scheduled for completion and delivery during 1996 and early 1997.

     With the exception of the contracts to construct the four MHCs and the
three LSD-CVs, which are projected to be completed on essentially a break-even
basis through the remainder of contract performance, the Company's committed
backlog is projected to be completed profitably. The operating profit projected
for 1996 will be related principally to the LSD-CV 52, the T-AO and the Sealift
ship contracts, while profits projected for 1997 and 1998 will reflect the LSD-
CV 52 as well as the Sealift, Icebreaker and double-hulled forebodies
contracts. The Company records profits under the percentage-of-completion
method of accounting based on direct labor charges. Although the Company
generally does not begin to record profits on its contracts until contract
performance is sufficient to estimate final results with reasonable accuracy,
actual profits taken with respect to such contracts may be diminished if the
Company is required in the future to revise its estimate of the cost to
complete one or more of such contracts.

     As discussed further in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, the Company was informed that it was a potentially responsible
party ("PRP") in connection with an oil reclamation site in Walker, Louisiana
operated by an unaffiliated company. The Company, along with other PRPs, has
fully funded its share of the clean-up costs incurred to date under a
preliminary cost-sharing agreement to fund the site's remediation.  As of
December 31, 1995, clean-up costs totaled $17 million, of which the Company has
contributed $3.6 million. Additional work scheduled for the site includes
completion of studies in 1996, and if required by the results of these studies,
subsequent remediation.  Following completion of any such required additional
remediation, it will be necessary to obtain Environmental Protection Agency
approval to close the site, which consent may require subsequent post-closure
activities such as groundwater monitoring and site maintenance for many years.
The Company is not able to estimate the final costs for any such additional
remedial work or post-closure costs that may be required; however, the Company
believes that its proportionate share of expenditures for any additional work
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
In addition, the Company believes that its proportionate responsibility for the
clean-up costs will not be materially changed.

     Since July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been filed against the
Company and numerous other defendants alleging claims for personal injury,
<PAGE>
property damage, and "fear  of  cancer"  in connection with the reclamation site
discussed above. The plaintiffs also sought substantial punitive damages.  These
cases were consolidated and certified as a class action. In 1995, the Judge for
the Federal District Court for the Western District of Louisiana issued a ruling
from the bench approving the Company's settlement of the class action lawsuit.  
Based on the advice of its counsel, the Company believes that a written order
confirming its earlier bench ruling will be issued by the Federal District Court
in the near future.  Under the terms of the court approved settlement, which is
subject to appeal following the issuance of the final written order, the Company
paid $4.0 million cash into a settlement fund in the third quarter of 1995,
using cash from operations, and issued a $2.0 million unsecured note to the
plaintiff class.  The note bears interest at 8% per annum and is due on
January 28,1997.  The Company had previously recorded an accrual sufficient to 
provide for the $6.0 million settlement and has sufficient liquidity to fund the
note.  The Company could also be responsible for payment to the plaintiffs of up
to an additional $6.0 million (plus interest at 8% per annum) if the plaintiffs
are unsuccessful in collecting certain claims under Avondale's insurance
policies that have been assigned to the plaintiff class under the settlement
agreement.  With respect to the potential contingent liability of the Company to
pay additional sums under the settlement agreement, management believes that the
eventual resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

     As previously disclosed, certain of the Company's operations closed in
1994 with the completion of their respective contracts. Two of these facilities
are currently offered for sale while the Company continues to seek alternative
uses for these facilities. With respect to these properties, the Company
currently is not aware of any material environmental liabilities to be incurred
for site restoration, post closure, monitoring commitments, or other exit costs.

Results of Operations

     1995 VS. 1994. The Company recorded net income of $28.2 million, or $1.95
per share, for 1995 compared to $8.5 million, or $0.59 per share, for 1994
representing a threefold increase in net income over the prior year. The 1995
net income includes a $4.4 million, or $0.30 per share, net income tax benefit
(discussed below). Also included in 1995 net income is $4.5 million, or $0.31
per share, which is a reduction of a previously recognized loss which was
recorded in prior years on the contract to construct three LSD-CVs. The
reduction was due primarily to a revision of the total estimated contract cost
as it nears completion. Included in net income for 1994 are a $3.5 million, or
$0.24 per share, net gain related to revisions of estimated contract profits on
several previously completed shipbuilding contracts and a loss from
discontinued operations of $4.6 million, or $0.31 per share, reflecting the
Company's decision in 1994 to discontinue its service contracting business.

     The significant increases in the Company's operating results in 1995
primarily reflect increased operating profits recognized on the LSD-CV 52
contract, as well as the reversal of part of a previously recognized loss on
the contract to construct three LSD-CVs, and the recognition of operating
profit on the T-AO contract. Also contributing to the increase in operating
results for 1995 were profits recorded by the Company's marine repair and
wholesale steel operations and an increase in interest income primarily
resulting from an increase in the Company's invested cash balances.

     The Company's net sales in 1995 increased $100.5 million, or 21%, as
compared to the prior year. The increase in 1995 net sales was due primarily to
increases in sales revenues recognized on the contracts to construct the first
<PAGE>
three Sealift ships, the forebodies for four double-hulled product tankers, the
LSD-CV 52 and the Icebreaker, which collectively accounted for 54% of the
Company's 1995 net sales revenue. The increase in net sales was partially
increase in net sales was partially offset by reductions in sales revenues
recognized on the contracts to construct the T-AOs (the fifth and sixth of
which were delivered in 1995), three LSD-CVs (the second of which was delivered
in 1995) and four MHCs (the first of which was delivered in 1995), as these
contracts approach completion. The contracts to construct the T-AOs, three LSD-
CVs, and four MHCs collectively accounted for 28% of the Company's 1995 net
sales revenue.

     Gross profit for 1995 increased $11.2 million, or 24%, compared to 1994.
The increase in 1995 gross profit was primarily due to profits recognized on
the contract to construct the LSD-CV 52 as the percentage of completion was
sufficient to begin profit recognition in 1995.

     Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses increased $1.6
million, or 5%, for 1995 compared to 1994. The overall increase in SG&A
expenses primarily reflected increased operating activity at the Company's main
shipyard and, in part, an increase in indirect labor and associated costs
resulting from a wage increase given in January 1995 to all employees. These
increases in SG&A expenses were partially offset by a decrease in SG&A expenses
resulting from the closing of certain subsidiary operations.

     Interest expense increased by $457,000, or 10%, in 1995 as compared to
1994. The increase was due principally to interest expense associated with the
$17.8 million Title XI financing completed in February 1995 (as discussed
below), $36.3 million of Series 1994 industrial revenue bonds (see Note 4 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) and a note issued as part of a
litigation settlement (discussed in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements). These increases were partially offset by an increase in
interest capitalized on assets under construction relating primarily to the
modernization project.

     The Company's 1995 operating results include a net income tax benefit of
$4.4 million, or $0.30 per share. As further discussed in Note 7 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements, the net income tax benefit is principally
the result of recognizing, for financial reporting purposes, a $13 million
income tax benefit from certain net operating loss carryforwards available to
offset estimated future taxable earnings. The $13 million tax benefit was
partially offset by an income tax provision of $8.6 million related to 1995
operating results. There was a minor provision for income taxes in the same
period in 1994 as an income tax benefit related to available net operating loss
carryforwards was recognized only to the extent of then current operating
results. The further recognition of any remaining available tax benefit
(approximately $9.5 million) will depend on future assessments of estimated
taxable income. 

     During 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-
Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" and Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." These statements are effective for fiscal 1996. Management
believes that implementation of these new accounting standards will not have a
material impact on the Company's financial statements.

     1994 VS. 1993. The Company recorded income from continuing operations of
approximately $13.1 million, or $0.90 per share, for the year ended December
<PAGE>
31, 1994 compared to a loss of approximately $5.2 million, or $0.36 per share,
for 1993. The improvement in the Company's 1994 income from continuing
operations principally reflects net gains of approximately $3.5 million, or
$0.24 per share, related to revisions of estimated contract profits on several
previously completed shipbuilding contracts, increases in operating income at
the Company's marine repair, wholesale steel and boat building operations and a
reduction in interest expense. The decrease in interest expense was due
primarily to the Company's repayment in early 1994 of balances owed on its
previously outstanding revolving credit facilities and senior notes. The
repayment of these debt obligations was made possible by the successful
resolution and settlement of the Company's REAs in December 1993.

     In the third quarter of 1994 the Company decided to discontinue its
service contracting subsidiary formed in 1990 to pursue large-scale service
contracts with government and commercial operations. The Company concluded
that managerial and financial resources devoted to service contracting could be
more productively invested in the Company's core marine construction operations.
As a result, the operating results for 1994 and prior years are reported as
discontinued operations (see Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements). The Company recorded a loss from discontinued operations of
approximately $4.6 million (including estimated costs related to a contract
termination), or $0.31 per share, for the year ended December 31, 1994 and has
restated prior year results to reflect a loss from discontinued operations of
approximately $3.6 million, or $0.25 per share, for the year ended December 31,
1993.

     The Company's net sales from continuing operations in 1994 increased
approximately $19.1 million, or 4.2%, compared to the prior year. The increase
in 1994 net sales was due primarily to increases in sales revenues recognized
on the contracts to construct the fourth LSD-CV, the contracts to construct the
three gaming vessels (two of which were delivered in 1994) and the start-up of
the first Sealift ship. These increases in sales were partially offset by
reductions in sales revenues recognized on the contracts to construct the three
LSD-CVs (the first of which was delivered in 1994), the T-AOs (the fourth of
which was delivered in 1994) and the four MHCs, as these contracts approached
completion. Additionally, the Company experienced reduced sales revenues in
1994 associated with the T-AGS 45 contract, which was delivered in 1993, and at
its Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. ("AGM") and Genco Industries, Inc. ("Genco")
operations. AGM delivered its last LCAC in June 1993, and Genco completed its
remaining construction contracts in August 1994. The contracts to construct the
four LSD-CVs, the four MHCs and the seven T-AOs collectively accounted for
approximately 69% of the Company's 1994 net sales revenue.

     Gross profit for 1994 increased approximately $14.3 million, or 43%,
compared to 1993. The increase in 1994 gross profit was primarily due to
profits recognized on the contract to construct the seven T-AOs and revisions
of contract profits on several previously completed shipbuilding contracts.
Also contributing to the 1994 gross profit were profits recognized on the two
gaming vessels delivered in 1994 and profits recognized by the Company's marine
repair and wholesale steel operations.

     SG&A expenses increased by approximately $756,000, or 2.5%, for 1994 
compared to 1993. The overall increase in SG&A expenses primarily resulted from
increased operating activity at the Company's main shipyard and a wage increase
given in January 1994 to all employees. This increase in SG&A expenses was
partially offset by a decrease in SG&A expenses resulting from the closing of
the AGM and Genco operations.

<PAGE>
     Interest expense decreased by approximately $4.4 million, or 50%, in 1994
compared to 1993. The decrease was due to the reduction in the Company's
overall level of debt, which decreased by approximately $37 million, or 41.7%,
at December 31, 1994 as compared to December 31, 1993. See "--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

     The Company recorded a $300,000 provision for income taxes in 1994 while
no provision was recorded in 1993 due to the loss from operations. See Note 7
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company's cash and cash equivalents totaled $38.5 million at
December 31, 1995 compared to $15.4 million at December 31, 1994. The Company's
principal sources of cash in 1995 consisted of $28 million of funds provided by
operations, $3.2 million of proceeds from the sale of assets and $17.8 million
from long-term borrowings (both of which are discussed below). The Company's
primary uses of cash in 1995 consisted of $21.3 million of capital
expenditures, principally representing the plant modernization project, and
payment of long-term borrowings of $5.9 million.

     In February 1995 the Company completed financing of its approximately $20
million plant modernization effort by issuing $17.8 million of mortgage bonds
utilizing a Title XI MARAD financing guarantee. The terms of the Title XI
guarantee provide for the bond proceeds to be held in escrow and released to
the Company as allowable project costs are incurred by the Company and approved
by MARAD.  At December 31, 1995, $17.4 million of these bond proceeds had been 
released to the Company. The Company has recorded project costs to date of $20.1
million of which $17.3 million were incurred in 1995. Outstanding purchase
commitments on the project at December 31, 1995 were $741,000.

     In the second quarter of 1995 the Company obtained additional liquidity as
its improved financial condition enabled it to amend its revolving credit
agreement. The amendment, among other things, increased the amount available
under the credit agreement to $42.5 million and extended its term to May 1997.
Further, the amendment permitted the issuance of the Title XI mortgage bonds
and revised the level of permitted capital expenditures and certain coverage
ratios to take into consideration the plant modernization project. While there
have been no borrowings in 1995 under the revolving credit agreement, there are
$25.4 million of letters of credit outstanding under the facility at December
31, 1995. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     In connection with the year-end settlement of the Minehunter REA, the
Company submitted invoices totaling approximately $30.7 million to the U.S.
Navy. The Company expects that these invoiced amounts will be collected in full
during the first quarter of 1996.

     As previously disclosed, in May 1995 the Company sold substantially all of
the operating assets used in its foundry operations. The sale generated $3.2
million of cash proceeds and did not significantly affect the Company's results
of operations.

     The Company believes that its liquidity and capital resources will be
sufficient to finance current and projected operations.


Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
 of Avondale Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Avondale
Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Avondale Industries, Inc. and
subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
                                          
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
    ---------------------
    DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana
January 19, 1996

<PAGE>
                AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES                      
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS                          
                          (dollars in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31,
                                                           ------------------
ASSETS                                                       1994      1995
- ------                                                     --------  --------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 15,414  $ 38,524
Receivables (Note 2)......................................   84,510    93,184
Inventories (Note 3)......................................   16,109    15,289
Deferred tax assets (Note 7)..............................    4,100    23,650
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................    7,803     2,946
                                                           --------  --------
Total current assets......................................  127,936   173,593
                                                           --------  --------
Property, Plant and Equipment (Note 4):
Land......................................................    9,324     9,161
Buildings and improvements................................   47,979    59,991
Machinery and equipment...................................  174,694   182,547
                                                           --------  --------
Total.....................................................  231,997   251,699
Less accumulated depreciation............................. (112,836) (121,661)
                                                           --------  --------
Property, plant and equipment--net........................  119,161   130,038
                                                           --------  --------
Goodwill--net (Note 7)....................................   15,431     8,637
Deferred tax assets--net (Note 7).........................    7,000        --
Other assets..............................................    3,975     4,459
                                                           --------  --------
  TOTAL ASSETS............................................ $273,503  $316,727
                                                           ========  ========
<CAPTION>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>
Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 4)............. $  5,866  $  5,062
Accounts payable..........................................   60,917    65,517
Accrued employee compensation.............................   12,948    10,777
Other.....................................................   13,369    11,249
                                                           --------  --------
Total current liabilities.................................   93,100    92,605
Long-term debt (Note 4)...................................   45,875    60,593
Other liabilities and deferred credits....................   11,650    12,471
                                                           --------  --------
Total liabilities.........................................  150,625   165,669
                                                           --------  --------
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6 and 10)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 9):
Common stock, $1.00 par value; authorized--30,000,000
 shares; issued--15,927,191 shares in 1995 and 1994.......   15,927    15,927
Additional paid-in capital................................  373,911   373,911
Accumulated deficit....................................... (255,104) (226,924)
                                                           --------  --------
Total.....................................................  134,734   162,914
Treasury stock (1,463,016 shares in 1995 and 1994) at
 cost.....................................................  (11,856)  (11,856)
                                                           --------  --------
Total shareholders' equity................................  122,878   151,058
                                                           --------  --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY................ $273,503  $316,727
                                                           ========  ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
                 
                AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES                   
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   (in thousands, except per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Years ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     1993      1994      1995
                                                   --------  --------  --------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>
Continuing Operations:
Net sales (Note 2)...............................  $456,724  $475,810  $576,308
Cost of sales....................................   423,544   428,325   517,637
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Gross profit.....................................    33,180    47,485    58,671
Selling, general and administrative expenses.....    29,780    30,536    32,123
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Income from operations...........................     3,400    16,949    26,548
Interest expense.................................    (8,769)   (4,385)   (4,842)
Other--net.......................................       136       811     2,074
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Income (Loss) from continuing operations before
 income taxes....................................    (5,233)   13,375    23,780
Income taxes (Note 7)............................        --       300    (4,400)
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Income (Loss) from continuing operations.........    (5,233)   13,075    28,180
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Discontinued Operations (Note 5):
Loss from discontinued operations................    (3,561)   (1,909)       --
Disposal costs...................................        --    (2,643)       --
                                                   --------  --------  --------
Loss from discontinued operations................    (3,561)   (4,552)       --
                                                   --------  --------  --------
NET INCOME (LOSS)................................  $ (8,794) $  8,523  $ 28,180
                                                   ========  ========  ========
Income (Loss) per share of common stock (Note 9):
Continuing operations............................  $  (0.36) $   0.90  $   1.95
Discontinued operations..........................     (0.25)    (0.31)       --
                                                   --------  --------  --------
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK..........  $  (0.61) $   0.59  $   1.95
                                                   ========  ========  ========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding....    14,464    14,464    14,464
                                                   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
    
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE> 
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
               Years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 
                             (in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Additional                           Total
                         Common   Paid-in   Accumulated Treasury  Shareholders'
                          Stock   Capital     Deficit    Stock       Equity
                         ------- ---------- ----------- --------  -------------
<S>                      <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1,
 1993................... $15,927  $373,911   $(254,833) $(11,856)   $123,149
Net (loss)..............                        (8,794)               (8,794)
                         -------  --------   ---------  --------    --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1993...................  15,927   373,911    (263,627)  (11,856)    114,355
Net income..............                         8,523                 8,523
                         -------  --------   ---------  --------    --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1994...................  15,927   373,911    (255,104)  (11,856)    122,878
Net income..............                        28,180                28,180
                         -------  --------   ---------  --------    --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,
 1995................... $15,927  $373,911   $(226,924) $(11,856)   $151,058
                         =======  ========   =========  ========    ========
</TABLE>
        
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE> 
 
                AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES                   
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS                        
                              (in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Years ended December
                                                              31,
                                                    -------------------------
                                                     1993     1994     1995
                                                    -------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss).................................. $(8,794) $ 8,523  $28,180
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
 cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization....................  11,810   11,552    9,819
  Deferred income tax benefit......................      --       --   (5,900)
  Gain on sale of assets...........................      --       --     (813)
  Change in operating assets and liabilities, net
   of dispositions:
    Receivables....................................  16,634   45,542   (9,674)
    Inventories....................................     189   (2,500)     296
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets......     653   (1,251)   3,429
    Accounts payable...............................  (4,476)   4,120    4,600
    Accrued employee compensation..................    (248)     596   (2,171)
    Other--net.....................................   1,098    2,546      229
                                                    -------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........  16,866   69,128   27,995
                                                    -------  -------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures...............................  (2,863)  (5,120) (21,290)
Proceeds from sale of assets.......................   9,467       --    3,248
Change in restricted short-term investments--net...      --   (1,811)   1,243
Payment to former corporate parent (Note 4)........      --   (5,000)      --
                                                    -------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by (used for) investing
 activities........................................   6,604  (11,931) (16,799)
                                                    -------  -------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Payment of long-term borrowings.................... (27,888) (81,228)  (5,866)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings
 (Note 4)..........................................      --   36,250   17,780
                                                    -------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by (used for) financing
 activities........................................ (27,888) (44,978)  11,914
                                                    -------  -------  -------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..........  (4,418)  12,219   23,110
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR.....   7,613    3,195   15,414
                                                    -------  -------  -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR........... $ 3,195  $15,414  $38,524
                                                    =======  =======  =======
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest (net of amounts capitalized).............. $ 8,659  $ 4,537  $ 5,255
                                                    =======  =======  =======
Income taxes paid..................................                   $   945
                                                                      =======
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Note issued in litigation settlement (Note 10).....                   $ 2,000
                                                                      =======
Note issued to former corporate parent.............          $ 8,000
                                                             =======
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE> 

                AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 Principles of Consolidation

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Avondale
Industries, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries ("Avondale" or the
"Company") which are primarily engaged in marine construction and repair. All
significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

 Revenue Recognition

  Profits on long-term contracts are recorded on the basis of the Company's
estimates of the percentage of completion of individual contracts, commencing
when progress reaches a point where contract performance is sufficient to
estimate final results with reasonable accuracy. Estimates of the percentage of
completion are based on direct labor charges. Revisions in cost and profit
estimates during the course of the work are reflected in the accounting period
in which the facts requiring the revisions become known. Amounts in excess of
agreed upon contract price for customer caused delays, disruptions, unapproved
change orders or other causes of additional contract costs are recognized in
contract value if it is probable that the claim for such amounts will result in
additional revenue and the amount can be reasonably estimated (see Note 2).
Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are made in
the period in which such losses are determined.

 Statements of Cash Flows

  For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents.

 Fair Value Disclosures

  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" ("SFAS 107"), requires the disclosure of the
fair value of all significant financial instruments. The estimated fair value
amounts have been developed by the Company based on available market
information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable
judgment is required in developing the estimates of fair value. Therefore, such
estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized
in a current market exchange. After such analysis, management believes that the
carrying values of the Company's significant financial instruments (consisting
of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, receivables, payables,
certain accrued liabilities and long-term debt) approximate fair values.

 Inventories

  Inventories are recorded principally at the lower of cost (average or first-
in, first-out) or market. 

 Property, Plant and Equipment 

  Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation of property,
plant and equipment is computed in the financial statements on the straight-
<PAGE>
line method based on estimates of useful lives as follows: 
 
<TABLE>          
<CAPTION>
                          TYPE                  PERIOD
                          ----                -----------
            <S>                               <C>
            Machinery and equipment..........  3-20 years
            Buildings and improvements....... 15-40 years
</TABLE>
  Accelerated depreciation methods are generally used for income tax purposes.
Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Additions,
improvements and major renewals are capitalized. Interest costs for the
construction of certain long-term assets are capitalized as part of the cost of
property, plant and equipment and amortized over the related assets' useful
lives. Interest costs capitalized in fiscal 1993 and 1994 were not material.
Interest costs capitalized in fiscal 1995 approximated $1.2 million. 

 Goodwill 

  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the underlying fair
value of the net assets of acquired businesses and is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of twenty years. Management
evaluates the continuing value and future benefits of goodwill, including the
appropriateness of related amortization periods, on a current basis. 

  The recoverability of goodwill is assessed by determining whether the
unamortized balance can be recovered through projected cash flows and operating
results over its remaining life. Any impairment of the asset is recognized when
it is probable that such future undiscounted cash flows will be less than the
carrying value of the asset. 

  Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1994 and 1995 amounted to $73.7
million and $74.5 million, respectively. 

 Income Taxes 

  The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax
return. Deferred income taxes are provided in the financial statements, where
necessary, to account for the tax effect of temporary differences resulting
from reporting revenues and expenses for income tax purposes in periods
different from those used for financial reporting purposes. The temporary
differences result principally from the use of different methods of accounting
for depreciation, long-term contracts and certain employee benefits. 

 New Accounting Standards 

  During 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-
Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"). SFAS
121 establishes accounting standards for recording the impairment of long-lived
assets, certain identifiable intangibles, goodwill, and assets to be disposed
of. The Company is required to adopt SFAS 121 effective for fiscal 1996.
Management believes that the implementation of SFAS 121 will not have a
material impact on the Company's financial statements. 

  During 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based
<PAGE>
Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). SFAS 123, which the Company is required to adopt
effective for fiscal 1996, provides guidance relating to the recognition,
measurement and disclosure of stock-based compensation. Management believes
that the implementation of SFAS 123 will not have a material impact on the
Company's financial statements. 

 Reclassifications 

  Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made to conform to
the current year presentation. These reclassifications were made for
comparative purposes only and have no effect on net income as previously
reported. 
 
2. Receivables 

  Receivables consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995 (in
thousands): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
<S>                                                             <C>     <C>
Long-term contracts:
  U.S. Government:
    Amounts billed............................................. $13,754 $30,151
    Unbilled costs, including retentions, and estimated profits
     on contracts in progress..................................  48,254  41,119
                                                                ------- -------
    Total......................................................  62,008  71,270
  Commercial:
    Amounts billed.............................................   7,568   4,364
    Unbilled costs, including retentions, and estimated profits
     on contracts in progress..................................  10,914  12,312
                                                                ------- -------
    Total from long-term contracts.............................  80,490  87,946
Trade and other current receivables............................   4,020   5,238
                                                                ------- -------
Total.......................................................... $84,510 $93,184
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>

  Unbilled costs, including retentions, and estimated profits on contracts in
progress were not billable to customers at the balance sheet dates under terms
of the respective contracts. Of the unbilled costs and estimated profits,
approximately $5.1 million is expected to be collected in 1996 with the balance
to be collected in subsequent years as contract deliveries are made and
warranty periods expire. Net sales to the United States Government in 1993,
1994 and 1995 account for approximately 79%, 77% and 74% of the net sales,
respectively. 

   Costs and estimated profits (losses) on contracts in progress at December
31, 1994 and 1995 were as follows (in thousands): 

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994        1995
                                                         ----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress................. $2,177,750  $2,668,388
Estimated profits recognized............................     25,634      49,287
Reserve for anticipated contract losses.................    (39,000)    (34,500)
                                                         ----------  ----------
Total...................................................  2,164,384   2,683,175
Less billings to date................................... (2,108,384) (2,643,912)
                                                         ----------  ----------
Net value of contracts in progress...................... $   56,000  $   39,263
                                                         ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

  Net value of contracts in progress was comprised of the following amounts (in
thousands): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994     1995
                                                               -------  -------
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>
Unbilled costs and estimated profits on contracts in progress
 (included in receivables)...................................  $59,168  $53,431
Billings in excess of costs and estimated profits on
 contracts in progress (included in accounts payable)........   (3,168) (14,168)
                                                               -------  -------
Total........................................................  $56,000  $39,263
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>

  The reserve for anticipated contract losses of $39.0 million and $34.5
million included in the net value of contracts in progress at December 31, 1994
and 1995, respectively, is related to certain U.S. Navy contracts which are
presently scheduled for delivery at varying dates into 1997. The reserve
decreased in 1995 when the Company recorded a $4.5 million reduction of a
previously recognized loss due primarily to a revision of the total estimated
contract cost as it nears completion. 

  The Company filed a Request for Equitable Adjustment ("Minehunter REA") with
the U.S. Navy seeking substantial increases in the contract prices related to
four MHC-51 Class Minehunters currently under contract. The Company believes
that the additional costs addressed by the Minehunter REA resulted from
defective ship specifications provided to the Company that proved impossible to
perform at the original cost estimate developed by the Company. In December
1995, the Company settled the Minehunter REA for $23 million, which
approximates the previously recorded estimate of the amount recoverable. This
should enable the Company to complete the MHC program on a break-even basis
through the remainder of contract performance. In connection with the
settlement of the Minehunter REA in December 1995, the Company submitted
invoices totalling $30.7 million to the U.S. Navy, which includes certain
contractual cost sharing and cost escalation provisions which obligate the U.S.
Navy to bear a portion of the additional costs. The Company expects that these
amounts will be collected in full during the first quarter of 1996. 

3. Inventories 
<PAGE>
  Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995 (in
thousands): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------- -------
<S>                                                              <C>     <C>
Goods held for sale............................................. $ 7,908 $ 7,409
Materials and supplies..........................................   8,201   7,880
                                                                 ------- -------
Total........................................................... $16,109 $15,289
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>

4. Financing Arrangements 

 Revolving Credit Agreement 

  In 1994, the Company entered into a two-year revolving credit agreement with
various financial institutions, which established an available line of credit
equal to the lesser of $35 million or a specified borrowing base. Borrowings
under the facility bear interest at fluctuating rates. The credit facility is
collateralized by substantially all of the Company's working capital assets and
its 900-foot floating drydock and, among other things, (1) requires the Company
to meet certain financial covenants (relating to net worth, debt coverage,
interest coverage and backlog), (2) imposes limitations and restrictions
related to annual capital expenditures, the incurrence of new indebtedness and
the payment of dividends and (3) requires compliance with the terms and
conditions of all other debt agreements. 

  During 1995, the Company amended the revolving credit agreement. The
amendment, among other things, increased the amount available under the credit
agreement to $42.5 million and extended its term to May 1997. Further, the
amendment permitted the issuance of $17.8 million of mortgage bonds (as
discussed below) and revised the level of permitted capital expenditures and
certain coverage ratios to take into consideration the plant modernization
project. There were no borrowings in 1994 and 1995 under the revolving credit
agreement. 

  The credit facility also provides the Company with the right to require the
bank group to post letters of credit on the Company's behalf in support of its
operations (see Note 10). 
 
<PAGE>
 Long-Term Debt 

  Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995 (in
thousands): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994     1995
                                                               -------  -------
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>
Industrial revenue bonds.....................................  $36,250  $36,250
Mortgage bonds, interest at 8.16%, payable in semi-annual
 principal installments to 2010..............................            17,780
Mortgage bonds, payable in semi-annual principal installments
 to 2000.....................................................    4,656    3,880
General obligation industrial bonds, interest at 7%, payable
 in annual installments to 2011..............................    2,835    2,745
Other long-term debt.........................................    8,000    5,000
                                                               -------  -------
Total........................................................   51,741   65,655
Less current maturities of long-term debt....................   (5,866)  (5,062)
                                                               -------  -------
Long-term debt...............................................  $45,875  $60,593
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>

  The $36.3 million of industrial revenue bonds represent Series 1994 bonds
which consist of (1) $6 million bearing interest at 8.25% and payable in annual
principal installments ranging from $550,000 in 1997 to final payment of
$985,000 in 2004 and (2) $30.3 million bearing interest at 8.50% and payable in
annual principal installments ranging from $340,000 in 1997 to final payment of
$3.8 million in 2014. The Series 1994 bonds are secured by certain property and
equipment. Among other things, the terms and conditions of the Series 1994
bonds (1) require the Company to meet certain financial covenants (relating to
net worth, debt and debt service coverage and liquidity), (2) impose
limitations and restrictions related to the incurrence of new indebtedness and
the payment of dividends, and (3) require compliance with the terms and
conditions of other specified debt agreements. 

  The $17.8 million of mortgage bonds were issued in February 1995 as part of
the financing of the Company's approximately $20 million plant modernization
effort. The bonds were issued utilizing a U.S. Government guarantee under Title
XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended ("Title XI"), bear interest at
the annual rate of 8.16% and are payable in equal semi-annual principal
payments of $593,000 over a 15 year period beginning in 1996. The terms of the
financing include various restrictive covenants including provisions relating
to the maintenance of working capital, incurrence of additional indebtedness,
and the maintenance of a minimum net worth. The plant modernization assets have
been pledged as collateral for these mortgage bonds. 

  The $3.9 million of mortgage bonds at December 31, 1995 represent the balance
of an earlier mortgage bond issue which also utilized a Title XI guarantee. The
Company refinanced these mortgage bonds in February 1995 (approximately $4.3
million) which reduced the annual interest rate from 9.30% to 7.86%. The
refinancing agreement contains various restrictive covenants similar to those
for the $17.8 million of Title XI mortgage bonds discussed above. These bonds
are payable in equal semi-annual principal payments of $388,000 and mature in
the year 2000. Property, plant and equipment having a net book value of
<PAGE>
approximately $13.5 million at December 31, 1995 has been pledged as collateral
for these mortgage bonds. 

  Included in other long-term debt at December 31, 1995 is the $3 million
balance of a two-year $8 million unsecured note issued to the Company's former
corporate parent as part of a settlement in 1994 which terminated certain
arrangements which had existed since 1985. The note bears interest at 10% per
annum with the $3 million balance payable on June 30, 1996. Also included in
other long-term debt at December 31, 1995 is a $2 million unsecured note issued
as part of the settlement of certain claims against the Company (as further
discussed in Note 10). The note bears interest at 8% per annum and is due in
January 1997. 
 
  Annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years and in
total thereafter follow (in thousands): 
 
<TABLE>          
            <S>                                   <C>
            1996................................. $ 5,062
            1997.................................   4,957
            1998.................................   3,047
            1999.................................   3,137
            2000.................................   3,237
            Thereafter...........................  46,215
                                                  -------
            Total................................ $65,655
                                                  =======
</TABLE>

5. Discontinued Operations 

  During the third quarter of 1994 the Company decided to discontinue operation
of its service contracting subsidiary formed in 1990 to pursue large-scale
service contracts with government and commercial operations. The Company
concluded that managerial and financial resources could be more productively
invested in the Company's core marine construction operations. 

  The operating results for the prior-year periods are reported as discontinued
operations. Summarized results are as follows (in thousands): 
<TABLE>      
<CAPTION>
                                                               1993     1994
                                                              -------  -------
       <S>                                                    <C>      <C>
       Net sales............................................. $14,442  $13,520
       Costs and expenses....................................  18,003   15,429
                                                              -------  -------
       Income (Loss) from discontinued operations............  (3,561)  (1,909)
       Loss on disposal of discontinued operations...........      --   (2,643)
                                                              -------  -------
       Income (Loss) from discontinued operations............ $(3,561) $(4,552)
                                                              =======  =======
</TABLE>

6. Leases 

  The Company leases equipment and real property in the normal course of
business under various operating leases, including non-cancelable and month-to-
<PAGE>
month agreements. Certain of the leases provide for renewal privileges with
escalation of the lease payments based on changes in selected economic indices.

  Rental expense for operating leases was $5.3 million, $5.8 million and $6.3
million in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. 

  Minimum rental commitments under leases having an initial or remaining
noncancelable term in excess of twelve months follow (in thousands): 
 
<TABLE>          
            <S>                                    <C>
            1996.................................. $3,243
            1997..................................  1,747
            1998..................................  1,260
            1999..................................    297
            2000..................................     52
                                                   ------
            Total................................. $6,599
                                                   ======
</TABLE>
 

7. Income Taxes 

  Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). The
statement requires the use of the asset and liability approach for financial
accounting and reporting for income taxes. Financial statements for prior years
have not been restated and the cumulative effect of the accounting change was
not material. 

  The Company has provided for Federal income taxes as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1993  1994    1995
                                                          ----- -----  -------
<S>                                                       <C>   <C>    <C>
Current provision........................................ $  -- $ 600  $ 1,500
Deferred provision (benefit).............................    --  (300)   7,100
Deferred benefit attributable to the realization of net
 operating loss carryforwards............................    --    --  (13,000)
                                                          ----- -----  -------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes..................... $  -- $ 300  $(4,400)
                                                          ===== =====  =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
  The provision (benefit) for income taxes varied from the Federal statutory
income tax rate due to the following (dollars in thousands): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Years ended December 31,
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                         1993          1994          1995
                                      ------------  -----------  -------------
                                      Amount    %   Amount   %    Amount    %
                                      -------  ---  ------  ---  --------  ---
<S>                                   <C>      <C>  <C>     <C>  <C>       <C>
Taxes at Federal statutory rate...... $(3,078) (35) $3,088   35  $  8,323   35
Amortization of goodwill not
 deductible..........................     357    4     511    6       246    1
Net operating loss carryforwards
 utilized............................      --   --      --   --   (13,000) (55)
Settlement of prior year tax
 examinations........................      --   --  (3,200) (36)       --   --
Losses for which no tax benefit was
 provided............................   2,595   30      --   --        --   --
Other................................     126    1     (99)  (1)       31   --
                                      -------  ---  ------  ---  --------  ---
Total................................ $    --   --  $  300    4  $( 4,400) (19)
                                      =======  ===  ======  ===  ========  ===
</TABLE>

  At December 31, 1995 the Company has available for Federal income tax
purposes net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards of $69.5
million and $5.3 million, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards
expire in years 2004 through 2008 and the tax credit carryforwards expire in
the years 2000 through 2010. Additionally, the Company has $1.9 million of
minimum tax credits which may be carried forward indefinitely. 

  Deferred income taxes represent the net tax effects of (a) temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and their tax bases, and (b) operating loss and
tax credit carryforwards. The tax effects of significant items comprising the
Company's net deferred tax balances at December 31, 1994 and 1995 are as
follows (in thousands): 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994     1995
                                                               -------  -------
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Differences between book and tax basis of property, plant and
 equipment...................................................  $27,018  $26,266
Other........................................................    1,511      759
                                                               -------  -------
  Total......................................................   28,529   27,025
                                                               -------  -------
Deferred Tax Assets:
Reserves not currently deductible............................    6,020    5,174
Long-term contracts..........................................    5,252   18,557
Other temporary differences..................................    3,598    4,263
Operating loss carryforwards.................................   47,600   24,334
Tax credit carryforwards.....................................    5,800    7,200
                                                               -------  -------
                                                                68,270   59,528
Valuation Allowance..........................................  (28,641)  (9,703)
                                                               -------  -------
  Total......................................................   39,629   49,825
                                                               -------  -------
Net deferred tax assets......................................  $11,100  $22,800
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>

  The net deferred tax assets are included in the following balance sheet
captions (in thousands): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
<S>                                                             <C>     <C>
Current deferred tax assets.................................... $ 4,100 $23,650
Non-current deferred tax assets................................   7,000      --
Other non-current liabilities and deferred tax credits.........      --    (850)
                                                                ------- -------
  Net deferred tax assets...................................... $11,100 $22,800
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>

  During 1995, the deferred tax valuation allowance decreased approximately
$19.0 million as a result of the Company's current year operating results and a
re-evaluation of its expectations of the likelihood of future operating income
related to its existing backlog. Approximately $6.0 million of this decrease in
the valuation allowance was recorded as a reduction in goodwill in accordance
with SFAS 109, which requires that the realization of tax benefits first be
attributed to any acquired tax assets. In the event that additional tax
benefits are realized in future periods, all such benefits will be recorded as
a reduction of income tax expense. 

8. Retirement Plans 

 ESOP 

<PAGE>
  In 1985, the Company established the Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"). The ESOP is a qualified, defined contribution plan
designed primarily to invest in equity securities of the Company and is
specifically authorized to leverage its acquisition of these securities. The
ESOP is intended to cover all employees of the Company upon completion of one
year of service, except certain employees who are covered by collective
bargaining agreements, unless, by the terms of such agreements, the employees
are to participate in the ESOP. The ESOP owned approximately 7,096,000 and
6,822,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at December 31, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. 

 401(k) Savings Plan 

  Beginning in 1996 the Company will sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan.
Participation in this defined contribution plan is available to substantially
all employees of the Company. The Company may elect to make contributions to
the Plan; however, the timing and amount of such contributions is at the
discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. 

 Pension Plan 

  The Company also sponsors a defined benefit pension plan, which is
coordinated with the benefits payable to participating employees in the ESOP.
At retirement, a person's benefit is based upon the greater of (i) the market
value of the shares of common stock allocated to his ESOP account or (ii) the
benefit calculated under the pension plan formula. The pension plan formula
benefits are based on a defined dollar amount multiplied by a fraction related
to a participant's credited service. 

  The net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 included the following components (in thousands): 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1993     1994     1995
                                                       -------  -------  ------
<S>                                                    <C>      <C>      <C>
Service costs of the current period..................  $ 3,700  $ 3,400  $3,300
Interest cost on the projected benefit obligation....    4,400    3,800   4,200
Actual return on plan assets.........................   (7,000)  (2,700) (3,600)
Net amortization of transition liability and deferred
 investment gain (loss)..............................    5,000     (200)    300
                                                       -------  -------  ------
Net periodic pension cost............................  $ 6,100  $ 4,300  $4,200
                                                       =======  =======  ======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
  The following table sets forth the pension plan's estimated funded status as
of December 31, 1994 and 1995 (in thousands): 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994     1995
                                                              -------  -------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Projected benefit obligation:
  Vested benefits............................................ $40,800  $49,100
  Nonvested benefits.........................................     600      400
                                                              -------  -------
  Accumulated benefit obligation.............................  41,400   49,500
  Effect of projected future compensation levels.............   4,200   12,700
                                                              -------  -------
Projected benefit obligation.................................  45,600   62,200
Plan assets at market value..................................  44,200   50,400
                                                              -------  -------
Plan assets less than projected benefit obligation...........  (1,400) (11,800)
Unrecognized net transition obligation.......................     200      100
Unrecognized prior service costs.............................  (3,000)  (2,500)
Unrecognized net loss........................................   6,800   12,600
                                                              -------  -------
Prepaid pension costs (pension liability).................... $ 2,600  $(1,600)
                                                              =======  =======
</TABLE>

  The Company's funding policy is to contribute each year an amount equal to
the minimum required contribution under the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974. However, the contribution for any year will not be greater than
the maximum tax deductible contribution. Plan assets consist primarily of
United States Government and Agency securities, corporate bonds and notes,
corporate stocks, and an unallocated insurance contract. The weighted-average
discount rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected
benefit obligation was 8.5% for 1994 and 7.25% for 1995. The rate of increase
in future compensation levels used was 3.5% for 1994 and 4.0% for 1995 and
thereafter. The expected long-term rate of return on the assets was 9.0% for
1994 and 1995. 
 

9. Shareholders' Equity 

 Preferred Stock 

  The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $1.00
par value, none of which was outstanding at December 31, 1994 and 1995. 

 Income (Loss) Per Share 

  The weighted average number of shares used in the computation of income
(loss) per share was 14,464,000, for each of the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995, respectively. The assumed exercise of stock options would not
result in dilution in any of such periods. 

 Performance Share Plan 

  The Company's Performance Share Plan provided for the award of shares of
common stock to senior executives of the Company, as designated by a committee
of the Board of Directors, which were earned upon the attainment of specified
<PAGE>
performance objectives. These performance objectives have been attained and
therefore no further awards will be made. Transactions relating to the plan
during 1993, 1994 and 1995 were not material. 

  The plan provided for a cash distribution in an amount equal to the
Participant's income tax liability resulting from the settlement of an award.
To the extent that a Participant received cash in lieu of common stock as
payment of an award, options were granted to the participant to purchase an
equivalent number of such shares. There were 303,159 stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1993, 279,155 stock options outstanding at December 31, 1994
and 240,971 stock options outstanding at December 31, 1995 . The stock options
are exercisable at prices of $3.875 to $19.00 per share, the majority of which
contain a stock appreciation right feature and expire on various dates to
February 2002. 

 Stock Appreciation Plan 

  The Company maintains a Stock Appreciation Plan for key management employees
which contains a stock appreciation right feature. There are 500,000 shares of
common stock of the Company reserved for award under the plan. Transactions of
the Stock Appreciation Plan during 1993, 1994 and 1995 were as follows: 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Number of Shares
                                                      -------------------------
                                                       1993     1994     1995
                                                      -------  -------  -------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Outstanding, January 1...............................  60,000   50,000   40,000
Canceled............................................. (10,000) (10,000) (40,000)
                                                      -------  -------  -------
Outstanding, December 31.............................  50,000   40,000       --
                                                      =======  =======  =======
Exercisable at end of year...........................   2,000       --       --
                                                      =======  =======  =======
Available for grant at end of year................... 387,000  397,000  437,000
                                                      =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

  Options were outstanding at prices ranging from $11.25 to $18.375 per share
at December 31, 1993 and $11.25 per share at December 31, 1994. Under the terms
of the plan, options expired on March 31, 1995. 

10. Commitments and Contingencies 

 Litigation 

  In January 1986, the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality ("DEQ")
advised the Company that it may be a potentially responsible party ("PRP") with
respect to an oil reclamation site operated by an unaffiliated company in
Walker, Louisiana. The Company sold to the operator a substantial portion of
the waste oil that was processed at the reclamation site during the period 1978
through 1982. The Company's potential liability, if any, for cleanup of this
site will be based on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA") or the Louisiana Environmental Affairs
Act. Under these statutes, such liability is presumptively joint and several,
but is typically apportioned among the responsible parties based on the volume
<PAGE>
of material sent by each to the waste site. The Company has cooperated with
other PRPs to study the potential aggregate liability under these statutes.
Moreover, the Company believes it has substantial defenses against liability
and defenses that could mitigate the portion of liability, if any, that would
otherwise be attributable to it. 

  To date, the Company and certain of the other PRPs for the site have funded
the site's remediation under a preliminary cost-sharing agreement. As of
December 31, 1995 clean-up costs totalled $17 million, of which the Company has
contributed $3.6 million. Additional work scheduled for the site includes
completion of studies in 1996, and if required by the results of these studies,
subsequent remediation.  Following completion of any such required additional
remediation, it will be necessary to obtain Environmental Protection Agency
approval to close the site, which consent may require subsequent post-closure
activities such as groundwater monitoring and site maintenance for many years.
The Company is not able to estimate the final costs for any such additional
remedial work or post-closure costs that may be required; however, the Company
believes that its proportionate share of expenditures for any additional work
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
In addition, the Company believes that its proportionate responsibility for the
clean-up costs will not be materially changed.

     Since July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been filed against the
Company and numerous other defendants alleging claims for personal injury,
property damage, and "fear  of  cancer"  in connection with the reclamation site
discussed above. The plaintiffs also sought substantial punitive damages.  These
cases were consolidated and certified as a class action. In 1995, the Judge for
the Federal District Court for the Western District of Louisiana issued a ruling
from the bench approving the Company's settlement of the class action lawsuit.  
Based on the advice of its counsel, the Company believes that a written order
confirming its earlier bench ruling will be issued by the Federal District Court
in the near future.  Under the terms of the court approved settlement, which is
subject to appeal following the issuance of the final written order, the Company
paid $4.0 million cash into a settlement fund in the third quarter of 1995,
using cash from operations, and issued a $2.0 million unsecured note to the
plaintiff class.  The note bears interest at 8% per annum and is due on
January 28,1997.  The Company had previously recorded an accrual sufficient to 
provide for the $6.0 million settlement and has sufficient liquidity to fund the
note.  The Company could also be responsible for payment to the plaintiffs of up
to an additional $6.0 million (plus interest at 8% per annum) if the plaintiffs
are unsuccessful in collecting certain claims under Avondale's insurance
policies that have been assigned to the plaintiff class under the settlement
agreement.  With respect to the potential contingent liability of the Company to
pay additional sums under the settlement agreement, management believes that the
eventual resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

  Furthermore, the Company has initiated litigation against its insurer for a
declaration of coverage of the liability, if any, that may arise in connection
with the remediation of the site referred to above. The court has ruled that
the insurer has the duty to defend the Company, but has not yet ruled on
whether the carrier has a duty to indemnify the Company if any liability is
ultimately assessed against it. After consultation with counsel, the Company is
unable to predict the eventual outcome of this litigation or the degree to
which such potential liability would be indemnified by its insurance carrier.

  In addition to the above, the Company is also named as a defendant in other
lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, some of
<PAGE>
which involve substantial claims. 

  The Company has established accruals as appropriate for certain of the
matters discussed above. While the ultimate outcome of lawsuits and proceedings
against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes,
based on current facts and circumstances and after review with counsel, that,
the eventual resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. 
 
 Letters of Credit 

  In the normal course of its business activities, the Company is required to
provide letters of credit to secure the payment of workers' compensation
obligations. Additionally, under certain contracts, the Company may be required
to provide letters of credit to secure certain performance obligations of the
Company thereunder. At December 31, 1995, outstanding letters of credit
relating to these business activities amounted to approximately $25.4 million.

11. Quarterly Results (Unaudited) 

  Consolidated operating results for the four quarters of 1994 and 1995 were as
follows (in thousands, except per share data): 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1994                                  1995
                          ------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
                            (1)      (1)       (2)                         (3)      (3)      (3)
                           First   Second    Third     Fourth   First    Second   Third    Fourth
                          Quarter  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter
                          -------- --------  --------  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S>                       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      
Net Sales...............  $101,329 $118,437  $125,487  $130,557 $133,575 $152,788 $148,785 $141,160
Gross Profit............     9,506   11,283    14,943    11,753   13,404   13,820   14,793   16,654
Income (Loss) from
 Continuing Operations..     1,918    2,470     6,323     2,364    3,044    8,493   12,054    4,589
Income (Loss) from
 Discontinued
 Operations.............       116     (396)   (4,272)       --       --       --       --       --
Net Income..............     2,034    2,074     2,051     2,364    3,044    8,493   12,054    4,589
Net Income (Loss) per
 Share:
Continuing Operations...  $   0.13 $   0.17  $   0.44  $   0.16 $   0.21 $   0.59 $   0.83 $   0.32
Discontinued Operations.      0.01    (0.03)    (0.30)       --       --       --       --       --
                          -------- --------  --------  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net Income per Share....  $   0.14 $   0.14  $   0.14  $   0.16 $   0.21 $   0.59 $   0.83 $   0.32
                          ======== ========  ========  ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- --------

(1) Income statement data for these periods have been restated to present
    discontinued operations (See Note 5). 

(2) During the third quarter of 1994, the Company revised its estimated profits
    on several previously-completed shipbuilding contracts which had the effect
    of increasing net income for the third quarter of 1994 by approximately
    $3.5 million, or $0.24 per share. 

<PAGE>
(3) During 1995, the Company recorded a reduction of a previously recorded loss
    on a shipbuilding contract which had the effect of increasing net income
    for the second, third and fourth quarters of 1995 by approximately $2.3
    million (or $0.16 per share), $750,000 (or $0.05 per share) and $1.5
    million (or $0.10 per share), respectively.  


Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
           Financial Disclosure.

          None


                                       PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

     Information concerning the Company's directors and officers called for by
this item will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement prepared
in connection with the 1996 Annual Meeting of shareholders and is incorporated
herein by reference.


Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

     Information concerning the executive compensation called for by this item
will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement prepared in
connection with the 1996 Annual Meeting of shareholders and is incorporated
herein by reference.


Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and
management called for by this item will be included in the Company's definitive
Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the 1996 Annual Meeting of
shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions
called for by this item will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy
Statement prepared in connection with the 1996 Annual Meeting of shareholders
and is incorporated herein by reference.


                                       PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

      (a)(1)Financial Statements

            Independent Auditors' Report.

            Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995.

            Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
<PAGE>
            December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995.

            Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years
            ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995.

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
            December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995.

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

      (a)(2)Financial Statement Schedules

            Not applicable

      (a)(3)Exhibits

       3.1     Articles of Incorporation of the Company.(1)

       3.2     By-laws of the Company.(2)

       4.1     See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Company's
               Articles of Incorporation and By-laws defining the rights of
               holders of Common Stock.

       4.2     Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.(3)

       4.3     Instruments Relating to Title XI Vessel Financing

               (a)  Trust Indenture dated October 21, 1975, by and between
                    the Company and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as
                    Indenture Trustee, relating to $19,012,000 of United
                    States Government Guaranteed Ship Financing Bonds, as
                    amended by an Assumption Agreement and Supplemental
                    Indenture dated September 16, 1985(4), as further
                    amended by a Master Assumption Agreement, Supplemental
                    Indenture No. 2 and Amendment to Title XI Finance
                    Agreements dated March 13, 1991 (the "Master Assumption
                    Agreement"),(5) which has been further amended by a
                    Third Supplemental Indenture dated February 9, 1995.(6)

               (b)  Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement dated
                    October 21, 1975, by and between the Company and the
                    United States of America, as amended by Amendments Nos.
                    1 and 2(4), as further amended by the Master Assumption
                    Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.3(a) hereto).  The
                    Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement has been further
                    amended, including the most recent Amendment No. 5 to
                    the Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement dated
                    February 9, 1995.(6)

               (c)  Form of 8.80% Sinking Fund Bond, Series A (included in
                    Exhibit 4.3(a)).

               (d)  Form of 9.30% Sinking Fund Bond, Series B (included in
                    Exhibit 4.3(a)).

               (e)  Form of 7.86% Sinking Bond Fund, 2000 Series.(6)

<PAGE>   
       4.4     Instruments relating to AEI's and the Company's obligations
               arising in connection with the issuance of General Obligation
               Bonds by Harrison County, Mississippi.

                (a) Loan Agreement dated April 1, 1991 between Harrison
                    County, Mississippi and AEI, pursuant to which AEI is
                    obligated to repay $3 million in order to fund the
                    County's bond payment obligations.(3)

                (b) Guaranty Agreement dated April 1, 1991 between the
                    Company, Harrison County, Mississippi and the State of
                    Mississippi.(3)

       4.5     Instruments relating to the Company's $36.25 million
               Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond Series 1994 Financing.

               (a)  Refunding Agreement dated April 1, 1994 between the
                    Company and the Board of Commissioners of the Port of
                    New Orleans, Exhibit A and First Preferred Vessel
                    Mortgage thereto.(7)

               (b)  Trust Indenture dated April 1, 1994 between the Board
                    of Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans and First
                    National Bank of Commerce.(7)

               (c)  Form of Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond Series
                    1994.(7)

       4.6    Instruments Relating to February 1995 Title XI Vessel
              Financing.

              (a)   Trust Indenture dated February 9, 1995 by and between
                    the Company and Chemical Bank, as Indenture Trustee,
                    relating to $17,780,000.00 of United States Government
                    Guaranteed Ship Financing Bonds.(6)

              (b)   Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement dated
                    February 9, 1995, by and between the Company and the
                    United States of America.(6)

              (c)   Form of 8.16% Sinking Bond Fund, 2010 Series.(6)

      10.1    Contracts With The United States Navy

              (a)   Agreement dated June 28, 1985, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-85-C-2131) for the construction of T-AO 187
                    Class Oiler Ships and various modifications thereto(4)
                    including modification P00005 thereto entered into on
                    June 16, 1988, and the related Acknowledgement of
                    Transfer and Transfer Agreement relating to the
                    Company's agreement to assume certain of the rights and
                    obligations to build two such vessels under an
                    Agreement dated May 6, 1985, by and between
                    Pennsylvania Shipbuilding Co. and the United States of
                    America.(8)

              (b)   Agreement dated June 20, 1988, by and between the
<PAGE>
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-88-C-2050) for the construction of T-AO 187
                    Class Oiler Ships and various modifications thereto(8)
                    and  modification P00036 thereto.(5)

              (c)   Agreement dated November 21, 1983, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-84-C-2027) for the construction of LSD-41 Class
                    Landing Ship Dock vessels and various modifications
                    thereto.(4)

              (d)   Agreement dated June 17, 1988, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-88-C-2048) for the construction of LSD-41 Class
                    Landing Ship Dock vessels and modification nos. P00001
                    and P00002(8), modification nos. P00008 and P00013
                    thereto(3) and modification P00029 thereto.(5)

              (e)   Agreement dated July 15, 1988, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-88-C-2221) for the conversion of AO-177 Class
                    Oilers to AO-177 Jumbo Class and various modifications
                    thereto.(8)

              (f)   Agreement dated December 13, 1988, by and between AGM
                    and the United States of America (Contract No. N00024-
                    89-C-2110) for the construction of three LCACs.(8)

              (g)   Agreement dated July 1, 1987, by and between Lockheed
                    Shipbuilding Company and the United States of America
                    (Contract No. N00024-87-C-2089) for the construction of
                    seven LCACs (assumed by AGM in 1988).(8)

              (h)   Agreement dated October 3, 1989, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-89-C-2162) for the construction of one MHC Class
                    51 ship and various modifications thereto(9),
                    modification no. P00020(5) and modification no. P00027
                    thereto.

              (i)   Agreement dated August 2, 1990, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract
                    N00024-90-C-2304) for the construction of one MHC Class
                    51 ship,(3) and modification nos. P00002(5),
                    P00013(5) and modification no. P00020 thereto.

              (j)   Agreement dated November 30, 1990, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-90-C-2307) for the construction of one T-AGS 45
                    ship and various modifications thereto.(3)

              (k)   Agreement dated July 15, 1993, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-93-C-2300) for the construction of one WAGB 20
                    Coast Guard Polar Icebreaker ship, amendment 0001 and
                    modification nos. P0001 and P00013 thereto.(1)

              (l)   Agreement dated September 3, 1993, by and between the
<PAGE>
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.
                    N00024-93-C-2205) for the construction of one T-AKR 300
                    Class Strategic Sealift ship, various amendments and
                    modifications nos. P00001, and P00003 and P00004
                    thereto(5) and modification P00007 thereto.(7)

              (m)   Agreement dated October 12, 1993, by and between the
                    Company and the United States of America (Contract No.,
                    N00024-94-C-2200) for the construction of one LSD 41
                    Class Landing Ship Dock.(5)

      10.2    Other Operating Contracts

              (a)   Agreement dated July 10, 1991 by and between Crawford
                    Technical Services, Inc. and the Dallas Area Rapid
                    Transit Authority, and the supplement thereto, relating
                    to providing operational and maintenance services for
                    paratransit van services for the Dallas, Texas
                    metropolitan area.(5)

              (b)   Agreement dated January 28, 1991, by and between
                    Crawford Technical Services, Inc. and the United States
                    of America and various modifications thereto (Contract
                    No. FO3602-91-C0007) relating to providing maintenance
                    services with respect to family housing units located
                    in a Little Rock, Arkansas air force base.(5)

              (c)   Agreement dated January 12, 1994 by and between the
                    Company and Belle of Orleans, L.L.C. for the
                    construction of a 350-foot-long paddlewheel gaming
                    vessel, various exhibits and Amendment nos. 1, 2 and 3
                    thereto.(7)

              (d)   Agreement dated May 12, 1995 by and between the Company
                    and American Heavy Lift Shipping Company for the
                    construction of one ocean-going product tanker, S/S
                    King.(2)

              (e)   Agreement dated May 12, 1995 by and between the Company
                    and American Heavy Lift Shipping Company for the
                    construction of one ocean-going product tanker, S/S
                    Knight.(2)

              (f)   Agreement dated May 12, 1995 by and between the Company
                    and American Heavy Lift Shipping Company for the
                    construction of one ocean-going product tanker, S/S
                    Solar.(2)

              (g)   Agreement dated May 12, 1995 by and between the Company
                    and American Heavy Lift Shipping Company for the
                    construction of one ocean-going product tanker, S/S
                    Spray.(2)

      10.3    Employee Benefit Plans

              (a)   The Company's Amended and Restated Performance Share
                    Plan dated April 24, 1989(10), as amended by Amendment
                    No. 1 adopted December 5, 1994.(7)

              (b)   The Company's  Amended and Restated Stock Appreciation
                    Plan and attachments thereto dated April 24, 1989(10),
                    as amended by Amendment No. 1 adopted December 5,
                    1994.(7)

<PAGE>
              (c)   The Company's Amended and Restated Employee Stock
                    Ownership Plan and the Related Trust Agreement(4), as
                    amended and restated on December 5, 1994(7), as further
                    amended by Amendment No. 1 adopted April 5, 1995(6) and
                    as further amended by Amendment No. 2 adopted June 16,
                    1995.(2)

              (d)   The Company's Pension Plan as Amended and Restated(7)
                    as further amended by Amendment No. 1 adopted June 16,
                    1995.(2)

              (e)   The Company's Amended and Restated Supplemental Pension
                    Plan(4), as amended by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2
                    thereto(3).

              (f)   The Company's Excess Retirement Plan.(3)

              (g)   Executive Group Insurance Benefits Plan specifying the
                    excess insurance benefits provided to the Company's
                    executive officers and certain other key personnel, and
                    a summary description of health, accidental death and
                    dismemberment, disability and life insurance benefits
                    made available to employees of Avondale Services
                    Corporation(3), as amended on March 25, 1994.(7)

              (h)   The Company's Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan.(3)

              (i)   Avondale Industries, Inc. Management Incentive Plan.(6)

              (j)   Form of the Company's 401(k) Plan and related Trust
                    effective January 1, 1996.
 
      10.4    Employment Agreements

              (a)   Employment Agreement dated September 27, 1985, by and
                    between the Company and Albert L. Bossier, Jr.(4) the
                    term of which has been extended such that its current
                    term extends through December 31, 1997.(7)

              (b)   Employment Agreement dated June 18, 1987, by and
                    between the Company and Thomas M. Kitchen(4) the term
                    of which has been extended such that its current term
                    extends through December 31, 1997.(7)

              (c)   Employment Agreement dated June 18, 1987, by and
                    between the Company and Kenneth B. Dupont(4) the term
                    of which has been extended such that its current term
                    extends through December 31, 1997.(7)

      10.5    Avondale/Ogden Letter Agreement.(11)

      10.6    Acquisition and Disposition Agreements
<PAGE>
              (a)   Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 27, 1987 by and
                    between the Company and Connell Industries, L.P.(4)

              (b)   Purchase Agreement dated June 22, 1988, by and between
                    AGM, Lockheed Shipbuilding Company and Lockheed
                    Corporation.(8)

              (c)   Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 15, 1991, by
                    and between Avondale Technical Services, Inc. and
                    Oliver R. Crawford relating to the purchase of Crawford
                    Technical Services, Inc.(3)

              (d)   Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 20, 1992
                    between the Company and Bollinger Machine Shop &
                    Shipyard, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (without
                    exhibits).(5)

      10.7    Lease Agreements

              (a)   Lease Agreement dated June 24, 1988, by and between the
                    Company and the Board of Commissioners of the Port of
                    New Orleans.(8)

              (b)   Lease Agreement dated June 4, 1979, by and between the
                    Company and Marrero Land and Improvement Association,
                    Ltd.(8)

              (c)   Adoption Agreement dated July 22, 1988, by and between
                    the Company and Missouri Pacific Railroad Company, as
                    supplemented on the date thereof.(8)

              (d)   Lease of Commercial Property dated July 1, 1970 by and
                    between the Company and Metal Building Products Co.,
                    Inc.(3)
 
      10.8    Other Material Agreements

              (a)   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and
                    the ESOP  as Annex I of the Common Stock Purchase
                    Agreement dated as of September 27, 1985, by and
                    between Ogden American Corporation and the trustees of
                    the Avondale Industries, Inc., Employee Stock Ownership
                    Trust.(4)

              (b)   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and
                    the participants in the Amended and Restated
                    Performance Share Plan (included in Exhibit 10.3(a)).

              (c)   License dated October 13, 1989 by and between the
                    Company and Intermarine S.p.A. relating to the license
                    of molded, glass-reinforced polyester hull construction
                    technology.(3)

              (d)   Stockholder Protection Rights Agreement dated as of
                    September 26, 1994 between Avondale Industries, Inc.
                    and Boatmen's Trust Company, as Rights Agent.(12)

      10.9    Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 1994 among
<PAGE>
              Avondale Industries, Inc., various financial institutions
              signatory thereto (the "Banks") and Continental Bank N.A. as
              the Agent for the Banks, and Amendment Nos. 1 and 2
              thereto.(7)

              (a)   Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving Credit
                    Agreement, dated May 10, 1995.

              (b)   Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
                    Agreement, dated September 1, 1995.

              (c)   Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated
                    November 17, 1995.

      21      List of subsidiaries of the Company

      23      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

      27      Financial Data Schedule

      99      Additional Exhibits

              (a)   Subscription to Combustion, Inc. litigation preliminary
                    settlement agreement setting forth specific terms of
                    the settlement between Avondale and the Plaintiff
                    Class.

     __________
     (1)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1993.

     (2)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995.

     (3)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-
          K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, as amended by Form 10-
          K/A.

     (4)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
          Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-20145) filed with the Commission on
          February 16, 1988.

     (5)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-
          K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

     (6)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995.

     (7)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-
          K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

     (8)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
          Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-27342) filed with the Commission on
          March 6, 1989.

     (9)  Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-
          K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.

<PAGE>
     (10) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
          Form S-8 and Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-31984) filed with the
          Commission on November 8, 1989.

     (11) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1994.

     (12) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-
          K filed with the Commission on September 30, 1994.


      (b) Reports on Form 8-K

          There were no reports on Form 8-K filed during the three month period
          ended December 31, 1995.


                                    
                                      SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
     behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on January 19,1996.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By:    /s/Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
					       -------------------------
                                               Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                                 Chairman of the Board,
                                                  President and Chief
                                                   Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
     this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
     Registrant and on the dates indicated.

             Signature                   Title                  Date
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
     
      /s/Albert L. Bossier, Jr.  Chairman of the Board,       January 19, 1996
      -------------------------  President and Chief
        Albert L. Bossier, Jr.   Executive Officer


      /s/Thomas M. Kitchen       Vice President, Chief        January 19, 1996
      -------------------------- Financial Officer
        Thomas M. Kitchen        Corporate Secretary and
                                 a Director

      /s/Kenneth B. Dupont       Vice President and a         January 19, 1996
      -------------------------- Director 
        Kenneth B. Dupont        

<PAGE>
      /s/Anthony J. Correro, III Director                     January 19, 1996
      --------------------------                                              
        Anthony J. Correro, III


      /s/Francis R. Donovan      Director                     January 19, 1996
      --------------------------
        Francis R. Donovan   


      /s/William A. Harmeyer     Director                     January 19, 1996
      --------------------------
        William A. Harmeyer 


      /s/Hugh A. Thompson        Director                     January 19, 1996
      --------------------------
        Hugh A. Thompson  


      /s/Bruce L. Hicks          Vice President &             January 19, 1996
      -------------------------- Controller
        Bruce L. Hicks




<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                  <C> 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   | 1. CONTRACT ID CODE | PAGE OF PAGES
AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT                 |          L          |   1   |   7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO.           | 3. EFFECTIVE DATE  | 4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REG. NO.    5. PROJ NO. (if applicable)
    P00027                              |    SEE BLK 16C.    |    N0002496MR20706                     2-0292-20706
- ----------------------------------------|--------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------
   ISSUED BY                       CODE |   N00024           | 7. ADMINISTERED BY (if other than Item 6)   CODE | N63124
BUYER/SYMBOL: L. NEWTON SEA 02223                              SUPSHIP, New Orleans
2531 JEFFERSON DAVIS HWY                                       Bldg. 16, Naval Support Activity
ARLINGTON, VA 22242-5160                                       New Orleans, LA 70142-5700
PHONE: Area Code 703/602-3102 Ext 226
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No., street, State and ZIP Code)               |----|9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION NO.
   CEC NO: 60004899F                                                              |    |
                                                                                  |    |----------------------------------------
                                                                                  |    |% DATED (SEE ITEM 11)
                                                                                  |    |
    Avondale Industries, Inc.                                                     |----|----------------------------------------
    GRP Division                                                                  |    |10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER NO.
    P.O. Box 2309                                                                 |  X | 
    Gulfport, MS 39505                                                            |    | N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                                  |    |-----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|    |10B. DATED (SEE ITEM 13)
CAGE CODE ICC97                            | FACILITY CODE                        |    | 89OCT03
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers __
- ------  is extended, __ is not extended.
Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation as amended, by one of the
following methods: (a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning __ copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this
amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which incudes a reference to the solicitation
and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE
HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULLT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment you desire to change an offer already
submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter; provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and
this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATE (If required)
                               See Attached Financial Accounting Data Sheet
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                13. THIS ITEM APPLIES ONLY TO MODIFICATINS AND CONTRACTS/ORDERS,
                                    IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | A. THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify authority) THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT 
- ------|    ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
- ------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | B. THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMISTRATIVE CHANGES (such as changes in paying office, 
      |    appropriation data, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR 43.103(b)
- ------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | C. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:
  X   | Special Contract Requirement H-16 entitled Documentation of Request For Equitable Adjustment
- ------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | D. OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  E.    IMPORTANT: Contractor ( ) is not, (X) is required to sign this document and return 2 copies to the issuing office.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION (Organized by UCF section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where 
    feasible.)


                                                           SEE ATTACHED

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains 
unchanged and in full force and effect.
- -----------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------
15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)        |16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)
A.L. BOSSIER, JR.                                    |  John Kimener
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer        |  Contracting Officer
- ---------------------------------|-------------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------------------
15B. CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR          |  15C. DATE SIGNED | 16B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA            | 16C. DATE SIGNED
[SIGNATURE APPEARS HERE]         |      12-28-95     | [SIGNATURE APPEARS HERE]                                      |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
(Signature of person authorized to sign)                  (Signature of Contracting Officer)    |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NSN 7540-01-152-8070                                                     STANDARD FORM 30 (REV 10-83)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE                                                Prescribed by GSA
                                                                         FAR (48 CFR) 53.243
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
                                                                Page 2 of 7

WHEREAS, Avondale Industries, Inc. (AII) (the Contractor) has submitted a 
Request for Equitable Adjustable (REA) dated 15 November 1994 seeking price and
delivery schedule adjustments, damages, and/or other relief under and/or
relating to Contracts N00024-89-C-2162 (MHC 53) and N00024-90-C-2304 (MHC
54,56,57), as updated and supplemented by additional submissions and
representations at various times; and

WHEREAS, the Contractor has certified its REA and all supporting data in 
accordance with the requirements of the Truth in Negotiations Act, 10 U.S.C. 
2306a, Section (c)(1) of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978, 41 U.S.C. 
605(c)(1), and P.L. 95-485, Section 813; and

WHEREAS, Modification A00198 established a maximum price increase for a period
of fourteen (14) days of proposed compensable delay based on a 50/50 sharing
of the costs of said delay resulting from FMR 204; and

WHEREAS, the Contractor has also asserted its entitlement to equitable 
adjustments to the contract price(s) and/or delivery schedule(s) of Contracts 
N00024-89-C-2162 and N00024-90-C-2304, to damages, and/or to other relief under
or relating to those contracts, in connection with: defects in Government 
furnished test instrumentation used during MHC 54 Builder's trials; extension of
vendor warranties; lack of buffering on M/SCS signal outputs; calibration of 
test equipment; EMI conductive paint; accepted mass properties estimates for 
full load displacement and subcontractor delays, inter alia (see Attachment A 
hereto); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect a full and final settlement of the 
Contractor's entitlement to price adjustments, damages, and other relief from 
the Government pursuant to its REA, and also to effect the full and final 
settlement of any and all other actual and potential entitlement of the 
Contractor to price and/or schedule adjustments, damages, and/or other relief 
under and/or relating to Contracts N00024-89-C-2162 and N00024-90-C-2304, any 
and all other Government contracts, and any and all contracts between the 
Contractor and any third party, caused by Covered Events except as specifically 
reserved below; and

WHEREAS, the parties have reached agreement as to an appropriate resolution of 
all matters raised by the Contractor in its REA, and all other matters relating 
to or in any manner connected with Contracts N00024-89-C-2162 and 
N00024-90-C-2304, any other Government contract, or any contract between the 
Contractor and any third party, which actually do or potentially could give 
rise to Contractor entitlement against the Government to price and/or
<PAGE>

								N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
                                                                Page 3 of 7

schedule adjustments, damages, and/orother relief under or in any connection
with this contract; and

WHEREAS, funds are not currently available for this modification; and
                                                                
WHEREAS, the parties therefore acknowledge and agree that their rights and 
obligations hereunder are contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds
from which payments for purposes of this modification can be made, and that no 
legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until: 
(a) funds are made available to the Contracting Officer for this modification; 
and (b) the Contractor receives notice that such funds have been made available,
said notice to be provided by the Contracting Officer in writing.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants 
herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. The parties hereto have negotiated this modification on the basis that all 
matters, which actually do or potentially could give rise to Contractor 
entitlement to price and/or schedule adjustments, damages (including but not 
limited to money and other damages for breach of contract), and/or relief, which
are known to or should have been known to the Contractor, whether or not
actually discussed by the parties, and whether or not included in any claim,
REA, or other request or demand, have been included and incorporated into this
agreement. This modification accounts for all price, schedule and other
adjustments, and for all damages and other relief, appropriate for all such
matters, except for those specifically reserved below in paragraph 3.d of this
modification.

2. As a result of this modification, the actual adjustment in target cost,
target price and ceiling price for CLIN 0001 for the fourteen days of delay
identified in Modification A00198 dated 14 September 1995 is as follows:

CLIN 0001      Target Cost:     $0.00
               Target Profit:   $0.00
               Target Price:    $0.00
               Ceiling Price:   $0.00
<PAGE>
								N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
                                                                Page 4 of 7
							
The contract is hereby modified as follows:

a. Under SECTION B: SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES, the target costs, target 
profits and target prices and ceiling prices are increased as follows:

CLIN 0001      Target Cost:     $19,871,959
               Target Profit:             0
               Target Price:    $19,871,959
               Ceiling Price:   $19,871,959
                                                           
   b. Under SECTION C: DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATION/WORK STATEMENT, for CLIN 0001 
and 0021 add the following paragraph:

 As a result of this settlement the Contractor agrees to take all necessary and 
appropriate actions to correct the MHC 53 Acceptance trial cards listed in
Attachment B screened for Contractor Action (KA) and identified to the
Contractor prior to 1 December 1995.  The trial cards which are listed in
Attachment C to this modification are not included as part of this settlement.
Additionally, the Contractor agrees to promptly take all necessary actions to
comply with the contract requirements stated in the following Letters of
Direction:

    (i) SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/08246 dated 22 Nov 95 Subj: LACK
        OF BUFFERING ON M/SCS SIGNAL OUTPUTS

   (ii) SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/07896 dated 6 Oct 94 Subj: 
        CALIBRATION OF TEST EQUIPMENT

  c. Under SECTION F--DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE, the contract delivery date
for MHC 53 is 11 August 1995. 

  d. Under SECTION H--SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, CLAUSE-57 entitled MASS 
PROPERTIES CONTROL, paragraph (a) change the Full Load Displacement value from 
885 metric tons to 907 metric tons.
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
                                                                Page 5 of 7
							
3. RELEASE

    a. As used in this paragraph 3:

    (1) "Events" refer to any contract modification, any Government breach, any 
Government tort, any change order, any stop work order, any suspension of work, 
any acceleration order, any Government action or omission pertaining to 
Government property or information, and any other occurrence, action, or 
omission (whether fortuitous or accidental, of or by the Government, contractor 
or third party) to the extent included or depicted in the REA and/or REA 
Supplements.

    (2) "Covered Events" refer to "Events" occurring on or before the effective 
date of this modification, whether formal or constructive, which were known or 
should have been known by the Contractor on the effective date of this 
modification, whether or not such events were discussed between the parties, 
all of which events: (I) arise out of or under or are in any way related to this
contract and affect this contract, or (ii) arise out of or under or are in any 
way related to this contract and affect any other contract between the 
Contractor and the Government, or (iii) arise out of or under or are any way
related to any other contract between the Contractor and the Government or the
Contractor and any third party and affect this contract but only to the extent
of the effect on this contract.

    (3) "Costs" includes, but is not limited to, any or all:

(i)     direct performance (hardcore) and material costs;
(ii)    indirect costs;
(iii)   delay and disruption costs including local, cumulative, and any other 
        type;
(iv)    overhead costs;
(v)     costs associated with dislocation, accelerations, and inefficiencies in 
        performance;
(vi)    interest costs and other consideration for financing;
(viii)  costs for preparing proposals, claims, and requests for equitable 
        adjustments; and
(viii)  subcontract costs.

<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
                                                                Page 6 of 7
							
   b. In consideration for the provisions of this modification, the Contractor, 
for itself, its successors, assigns, vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors 
hereby remises, releases, and forever discharges the Government, its officers, 
agents, and employees from (i) any or all actual or potential entitlement of the
Contractor to an equitable adjustment of the price and/or delivery schedule of
this contract by reason of Covered Events, or the impact of Covered Events, (ii)
any or all actual or potential liabilities to the Contractor for money damages
and/or other relief for Covered Events or the impact of Covered Events upon this
contract, (iii) any and all actual or potential entitlement of the Contractor to
an equitable adjustment of the price and/or delivery schedule of any other
Government contract or any contract between the Contractor and any third party
by reason of Covered Events or the impact of Covered Events, and (iv) any and
all actual or potential liabilities to the Contractor for money damages and/or
other relief under or relating to any other Government contract or any contract
between the Contractor and any third party for Covered Events, or for the impact
of Covered Events, arising under or related to this contract. By this release,
the Contractor does not release claims under any other Government contract for
Covered Events solely arising under, or relating to, such other Government
contract to the extent they do not affect this contract.

   c. The Contractor hereby confirms and acknowledges that in agreeing to the 
terms of this modification, it is releasing all rights to any entitlement for 
any and all costs under, and any and all impacts upon this contract or any other
contract by reason of Covered Events, whether or not such costs and impacts of 
Covered Events are known or should have been known or should have been 
foreseeable as of the effective date of this modification, whether or not such 
costs and impacts of Covered Events have been discussed with, or for any reason 
reserved for future discussion with the Government, or have been made the basis 
for other assertions of claims or requests for equitable adjustment, whether or 
not such costs or impacts of Covered Event were, or are, incurred and 
sustained, respectively, before, on, or after the effective date of this 
modification, and whether or not such costs and impacts of Covered Events are 
caused directly by, indirectly by, cumulatively by, or in consequence of any of 
the Covered Events.

<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
                                                                Page 7 of 7

   d. Except for the items listed in Attachment c and pending change orders, the
Contractor's release set forth in this provision is complete and final, no
rights are reserved under this modification and, in any event, any and all such
rights shall be deemed to have been waived without exception. Nothing set forth
herein shall in any way affect or operate to reserve any item covered by another
release executed by the Contractor either prior to, concurrent with, or
subsequent to the date of the execution of this modification nor shall anything
set forth herein in any way affect the operation of any statute, including but
not limited to 10 USC 2405.

4. The parties agree that the retentions against this contract shall be the 
current amount plus one and one half percent (1.5%) of the amount increased as 
result of this modification.

5. Nothing set forth herein shall in any manner affect or operate to reserve any
event or item covered by any other release executed by the Contractor prior to,
contemporaneous with, or subsequent to the effective date of this modification.

6. Funds are not currently available for this modification. The Government's 
obligation under this modification is contingent upon the availability of 
appropriated funds from which payments for purposes of this modification can be
made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise
until funds are made available to the Contracting Officer for this modification 
and until the Contractor receives notice of such availability, to be provided by
the Contracting Officer in writing.

7. Except as modified herein all other terms and conditions of this contract 
remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027

                                ATTACHMENT "A"

1. Request for Equitable Adjustment dated 15 November 1994

2. Modification A00198 dated 14 September 1995

3. Avondale Letter serial MHC53/10692WDJ dated 27 Jun 94
   Subj: Insurance Claim EMI COnductive Paint Casualty Loss

4. SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/08246 dated 22 Nov 95 
   Subj: LACK OF BUFFERING ON M/SCS SIGNAL OUTPUTS

5. SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/07896 dated 6 Oct 94
   Subj: CALIBRATION OF TEST EQUIPMENT

6. Avondale subcontractor delay claims from General Marine Industries Inc., 
   Jamestown Metal Inc. and Loral Defense Systems East

<PAGE>
								N00024-89-C-2162
                                                                P00027
	
                                 ATTACHMENT B

			MHC 53 ACCEPTANCE TRIAL CARDS

 1. 1  015  AX  01

 2. 2  087  AX  01

 3. 2  094  AX  01

 4. 2  128  AX  01

 5. 1  024  EL  01

 6. 1  024  EL  02

 7. 1  024  EL  03

 8. 1  024  EL  04

 9. 2  038  EL  01 *

10. 2  006  HB  02

11. 1  027  MP  01

12. 2  069  MP  01 *

13. 2  072  MP  01

*  Based on approval of pending deviations
<PAGE>

				ATTACHMENT B


2 097 AX 01
2 098 AX 01
2 099 AX 01
2 101 AX 01
2 106 AX 01
2 027 CC 01
2 044 CC 01
2 044 CC 02
2 044 CC 03
2 044 CC 04
2 044 CC 05
1 024 DC 01
2 095 MP 01
2 126 MP 01
2 032 WP 01
2 044 WP 01
2 044 WP 02

THE PARTIES AGREE TO NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH TO REACH AGREEMENT ON THE ABOVE 
ITEMS WITHIN SIXTY (60) DAYS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS MODIFICATION.


<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                  <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   | 1. CONTRACT ID CODE | PAGE OF PAGES
AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT                 |          L          |   1   |   7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO.           | 3. EFFECTIVE DATE  | 4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REG. NO.    5. PROJ NO. (if applicable)
    P00020                              |    SEE BLK 16C.    |    N0002496MR20707                     2-0292-20707
- ----------------------------------------|--------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------
   ISSUED BY                       CODE |   N00024           | 7. ADMINISTERED BY (if other than Item 6)   CODE | N63124
NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND               ---------------------|                                                  |---------------
BUYER/SYMBOL: L. NEWTON SEA 02223                              SUPSHIP, New Orleans
2531 JEFFERSON DAVIS HWY                                       Bldg. 16, Naval Support Activity
ARLINGTON, VA 22242-5160                                       New Orleans, LA 70142-5700
PHONE: Area Code 703/602-3102 Ext 226
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No., street, State and ZIP Code)               |----|9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION NO.
   CEC NO: 60004899F                                                              |    |
                                                                                  |    |----------------------------------------
                                                                                  |    |% DATED (SEE ITEM 11)
                                                                                  |    |
    Avondale Industries, Inc.                                                     |----|----------------------------------------
    GRP Division                                                                  |    |10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER NO.
    P.O. Box 2309                                                                 |  X | 
    Gulfport, MS 39505                                                            |    | N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                                  |    |-----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|    |10B. DATED (SEE ITEM 13)
CAGE CODE ICC97                            | FACILITY CODE                        |    | 90AUG02
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers __
- ------  is extended, __ is not extended.
Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation as amended, by one of the
following methods: (a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning __ copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this
amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which incudes a reference to the solicitation
and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE
HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULLT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment you desire to change an offer already
submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter; provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and
this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATE (If required)
                               See Attached Financial Accounting Data Sheet
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                13. THIS ITEM APPLIES ONLY TO MODIFICATINS AND CONTRACTS/ORDERS,
                                    IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | A. THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify authority) THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT 
- ------|    ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
- ------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | B. THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMISTRATIVE CHANGES (such as changes in paying office, 
      |    appropriation data, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR 43.103(b)
- ------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | C. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:
  X   | Special Contract Requirement H-16 entitled Documentation of Request For Equitable Adjustment
- ------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      | D. OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  E.    IMPORTANT: Contractor ( ) is not, (X) is required to sign this document and return 2 copies to the issuing office.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION (Organized by UCF section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where 
    feasible.)


                                                           SEE ATTACHED

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains 
unchanged and in full force and effect.
- -----------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------
15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)        |16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)
A.L. BOSSIER, JR.                                    |  John Kimener
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer        |  Contracting Officer
- ---------------------------------|-------------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------------------
15B. CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR          |  15C. DATE SIGNED | 16B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA            | 16C. DATE SIGNED
[SIGNATURE APPEARS HERE]         |      12-28-95     | [SIGNATURE APPEARS HERE]                                      |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
(Signature of person authorized to sign)                  (Signature of Contracting Officer)    |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NSN 7540-01-152-8070                                                     STANDARD FORM 30 (REV 10-83)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE                                                Prescribed by GSA
                                                                         FAR (48 CFR) 53.243
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020
                                                                Page 2 of 7

WHEREAS, Avondale Industries, Inc. (AII) (the Contractor) has submitted a 
Request for Equitable Adjustable (REA) dated 15 November 1994 seeking price and 
delivery schedule adjustments, damages, and/or other relief under and/or
relating to Contracts N00024-89-C-2162 (MHC 53) and N00024-90-C-2304 (MHC
54,56,57), as updated and supplemented by additional submissions and
representations at various times; and

WHEREAS, the Contractor has certified its REA and all supporting data in 
accordance with the requirements of the Truth in Negotiations Act, 10 U.S.C. 
2306a, Section (c)(1) of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978, 41 U.S.C. 
605(c)(1), and P.L. 95-485, Section 813; and

WHEREAS, the Contractor has also asserted its entitlement to equitable 
adjustments to the contract price(s) and/or delivery schedule(s) of Contracts 
N00024-89-C-2162 and N00024-90-C-2304, to damages, and/or to other relief under
or relating to those contracts, in connection with: defects in Government 
furnished test instrumentation used during MHC 54 Builder's trials; extension of
vendor warranties; lack of buffering on M/SCS signal outputs; calibration of 
test equipment; EMI conductive paint; accepted mass properties estimates for 
full load displacement and subcontractor delays, inter alia (see Attachment A 
hereto); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect a full and final settlement of the 
Contractor's entitlement to price adjustments, damages, and other relief from 
the Government pursuant to its REA, and also to effect the full and final 
settlement of any and all other actual and potential entitlement of the 
Contractor to price and/or schedule adjustments, damages, and/or other relief 
under and/or relating to Contracts N00024-89-C-2162 and N00024-90-C-2304, any 
and all other Government contracts, and any and all contracts between the 
Contractor and any third party, caused by Covered Events except as specifically 
reserved below; and

WHEREAS, the parties have reached agreement as to an appropriate resolution of 
all matters raised by the Contractor in its REA, and all other matters relating 
to or in any manner connected with Contracts N00024-89-C-2162 and 
N00024-90-C-2304, any other Government contract, or any contract between the 
Contractor and any third party, which actually do or potentially could give 
rise to Contractor entitlement against the Government to price and/or schedule
adjustments, damages, and/or other relief under or in any connection with this 
contract; and

WHEREAS, funds are not currently available for this modification; and
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020
                                                                Page 3 of 7

WHEREAS, the parties therefore acknowledge and agree that their rights and 
obligations hereunder are contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds
from which payments for purposes of this modification can be made, and that no 
legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until: 
(a) funds are made available to the Contracting Officer for this modification; 
and (b) the Contractor receives notice that such funds have been made available,
said notice to be provided by the Contracting Officer in writing.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants 
herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. The parties hereto have negotiated this modification on the basis that all 
matters, which actually do or potentially could give rise to Contractor 
entitlement to price and/or schedule adjustments, damages (including but not 
limited to money and other damages for breach of contract), and/or relief, which
are known to or should have been known to the Contractor, whether or not
actually discussed by the parties, and whether or not included in any claim,
REA, or other request or demand, have been included and incorporated into this
agreement. This modification accounts for all price, schedule and other
adjustments, and for all damages and other relief, appropriate for all such
matters, except for those specifically reserved below in paragraph 3.d of this
modification.

2. The contract is hereby modified as follows:

  a. Under SECTION B: SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES, the target costs, target 
profits and target prices and ceiling prices are increased as follows:

CLIN 0001      Target Cost:     $2,799,538
               Target Profit:      419,931
               Target Price:    $3,219,469
               Ceiling Price:   $3,359,446

CLIN 0021AA    Target Cost:     $2,583,584
               Target Profit:      387,537
               Target Price:    $2,971,121
               Ceiling Price:   $3,100,300

CLIN 0021AB    Target Cost:     $2,416,417
               Target Profit:   $  362,482
               Target Price:    $2,778,899
               Ceiling Price:   $2,899,700
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020
                                                                Page 4 of 7

  b. Under SECTION C: DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATION/WORK STATEMENT, for CLIN 0001 
and 0021 add the following paragraph:

 As a result of this settlement the Contractor agrees to take all necessary and 
appropriate actions to correct the MHC 54 Builders trial cards screened for 
Contractor Action (KA) and identified to the Contractor prior to 1 December 
1995, except for those trial cards which are listed in Attachment B to this 
modification. The Contractor also agrees to promptly take such actions with 
respect to MHCs 56 and 57 as may be necessary and appropriate to correct,
prevent or otherwise address such Contractor responsible deficiencies identified
in the aforesaid MHC 54 Builder's trial cards. Additionally, the Contractor
agrees to promptly take all necessary actions to comply with the contract
requirements stated in the following Letters of Direction:

    (i) SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/08246 dated 22 Nov 95 Subj: LACK
        OF BUFFERING ON M/SCS SIGNAL OUTPUTS

   (ii) SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/07896 dated 6 Oct 94 Subj: 
        CALIBRATION OF TEST EQUIPMENT

  c. Under SECTION F--DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE, the contract delivery dates 
revised as follows:

              MHC 54        9 February 1996
                            ----------------
              MHC 56        9 August 1996
                            ----------------
              MHC 57        3 January 1997
                            ----------------

  d. Under SECTION H--SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, CLAUSE-57 entitled MASS 
PROPERTIES CONTROL, paragraph (a) change the Full Load Displacement value from 
885 metric tons to 907 metric tons.

<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020
                                                                Page 5 of 7

3. RELEASE

    a. As used in this paragraph 3:

    (1) "Events" refer to any contract modification, any Government breach, any 
Government tort, any change order, any stop work order, any suspension of work, 
any acceleration order, any Government action or omission pertaining to 
Government property or information, and any other occurrence, action, or 
omission (whether fortuitous or accidental, of or by the Government, contractor 
or third party) to the extent included or depicted in the REA and/or REA 
Supplements.

    (2) "Covered Events" refer to "Events" occurring on or before the effective 
date of this modification, whether formal or constructive, which were known or 
should have been known by the Contractor on the effective date of this 
modification, whether or not such events were discussed between the parties, 
all of which events: (I) arise out of or under or are in any way related to this
contract and affect this contract, or (ii) arise out of or under or are in any 
way related to this contract and affect any other contract between the 
Contractor and the Government, or (iii) arise out of or under or are any way
related to any other contract between the Contractor and the Government or the
Contractor and any third party and affect this contract but only to the extent
of the effect on this contract.

    (3) "Costs" includes, but is not limited to, any or all:

(i)     direct performance (hardcore) and material costs;
(ii)    indirect costs;
(iii)   delay and disruption costs including local, cumulative, and any other 
        type;
(iv)    overhead costs;
(v)     costs associated with dislocation, accelerations, and inefficiencies in 
        performance;
(vi)    interest costs and other consideration for financing;
(viii)  costs for preparing proposals, claims, and requests for equitable 
        adjustments; and
(viii)  subcontract costs.

<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020
                                                                Page 6 of 7

   b. In consideration for the provisions of this modification, the Contractor, 
for itself, its successors, assigns, vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors 
hereby remises, releases, and forever discharges the Government, its officers, 
agents, and employees from (i) any or all actual or potential entitlement of the
Contractor to an equitable adjustment of the price and/or delivery schedule of
this contract by reason of Covered Events, or the impact of Covered Events, (ii)
any or all actual or potential liabilities to the Contractor for money damages
and/or other relief for Covered Events or the impact of Covered Events upon this
contract, (iii) any and all actual or potential entitlement of the Contractor to
an equitable adjustment of the price and/or delivery schedule of any other
Government contract or any contract between the Contractor and any third party
by reason of Covered Events or the impact of Covered Events, and (iv) any and
all actual or potential liabilities to the Contractor for money damages and/or
other relief under or relating to any other Government contract or any contract
between the Contractor and any third party for Covered Events, or for the impact
of Covered Events, arising under or related to this contract. By this release,
the Contractor does not release claims under any other Government contract for
Covered Events solely arising under, or relating to, such other Government
contract to the extent they do not affect this contract.

   c. The Contractor hereby confirms and acknowledges that in agreeing to the 
terms of this modification, it is releasing all rights to any entitlement for 
any and all costs under, and any and all impacts upon this contract or any other
contract by reason of Covered Events, whether or not such costs and impacts of 
Covered Events are known or should have been known or should have been 
foreseeable as of the effective date of this modification, whether or not such 
costs and impacts of Covered Events have been discussed with, or for any reason 
reserved for future discussion with the Government, or have been made the basis 
for other assertions of claims or requests for equitable adjustment, whether or 
not such costs or impacts of Covered Event were, or are, incurred and 
sustained, respectively, before, on, or after the effective date of this 
modification, and whether or not such costs and impacts of Covered Events are 
caused directly by, indirectly by, cumulatively by, or in consequence of any of 
the Covered Events.

<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020
                                                                Page 7 of 7

   d. Except for the items listed in Attachment B and pending change orders, the
Contractor's release set forth in this provision is complete and final, no
rights are reserved under this modification and, in any event, any and all such
rights shall be deemed to have been waived without exception. Nothing set forth
herein shall in any way affect or operate to reserve any item covered by another
release executed by the Contractor either prior to, concurrent with, or
subsequent to the date of the execution of this modification nor shall anything
set forth herein in any way affect the operation of any statute, including but
not limited to 10 USC 2405.

4. The parties agree that the retentions against this contract shall be the 
current amount plus five percent (5%) of the amount increased as result of this 
modification.

5. Nothing set forth herein shall in any manner affect or operate to reserve any
event or item covered by any other release executed by the Contractor prior to,
contemporaneous with, or subsequent to the effective date of this modification.

6. Funds are not currently available for this modification. The Government's 
obligation under this modification is contingent upon the availability of 
appropriated funds from which payments for purposes of this modification can be
made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise
until funds are made available to the Contracting Officer for this modification 
and until the Contractor receives notice of such availability, to be provided by
the Contracting Officer in writing.

7. Except as modified herein all other terms and conditions of this contract 
remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
                                                                N00024-90-C-2304
                                                                P00020

                                ATTACHMENT "A"

1. Request for Equitable Adjustment dated 15 November 1994

2. Avondale letter serial MHC 54-1261-JMS dated 20 NOV 95
   Subj: Notification of Change: Government Furnished Test Instrumentation 
   Extending Builders's Trials of MHC-54

3. All Avondale vendor warranty extension costs related to the delivery 
   schedule(s) established in this modification

4. SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/08246 dated 22 Nov 95 
   Subj: LACK OF BUFFERING ON M/SCS SIGNAL OUTPUTS

5. SUPSHIP New Orleans letter serial 421.4/07896 dated 6 Oct 94
   Subj: CALIBRATION OF TEST EQUIPMENT

6. Avondale subcontractor delay claims from General Marine Industries Inc., 
   Jamestown Metal Inc. and Loral Defense Systems East

<PAGE>
                                 ATTACHMENT B

AX-2098.1
AX-2156
AX-2002
AX-2003
AX-2004
AX-2005
AX-2006
AX-2007
AX-2008
AX-2009
EL-1004
EL-1082
EL-1165
EL-1194
EL-1195
EL-1210
EL-1217

THE PARTIES AGREE TO NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH TO REACH AGREEMENT ON THE ABOVE 
ITEMS WITHIN SIXTY (60) DAYS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS MODIFICATION.















                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              401(k)

                           SAVINGS PLAN

                   (Effective January 1, 1996)













<PAGE>
                                            PREAMBLE


               Effective  January 1, 1996, Avondale Industries, Inc. hereby
          establishes a 401(k)  (the  "Plan") governed by the provisions of
          this Plan document and any amendments  hereto.   The Plan and its
          related  Trust  are intended to qualify as a profit-sharing  plan
          and a cash-or-deferred arrangement under Sections 401(a), 501(a),
          401(k) and 401(m)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986, as
          amended.   Any  ambiguity  shall be resolved by giving effect  to
          these intentions.

               The purpose of this Plan  is  to encourage Employees to save
          and invest systematically a portion of their current compensation
          in order that they may have an additional  source  of income upon
          their  retirement  or disability.  The benefits provided  by  the
          Plan are paid from the Trust Fund established by the Employer and
          are in addition to the benefits Employees are entitled to receive
          under any other programs  of  the  Employer and the United States
          Social Security Administration.

               The Plan and the Trust forming  a part hereof are maintained
          for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the  Participants   and   their
          Beneficiaries.
          
                                           ARTICLE I
                                          DEFINITIONS

               All  capitalized  terms  used  in  this  Plan shall have the
          meaning  set forth in this Article I, unless a different  meaning
          is plainly required by the context:

               2   Accounts  shall mean each of a Participant's Employee-
          Deferral  Account, Employer  Contribution  Account  and  Rollover
          Contribution Account (including subaccounts established from time
          to time under  each  such  Account) established and maintained to
          record the interest of a Participant  in  the  Trust Fund as more
          fully described in Sections 1.15, 1.18 and 1.35.

               2.1   Active Participant shall mean an Eligible Employee who
          is employed by a Participating Employer through  the last payroll
          period ending within the Plan Year.

               2.2   Affiliated  Company  means the Company and  all  other
          entities  required  to  be  aggregated  with  the  Company  under
          Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

               2.3   Beneficiary  shall   mean   the   person   or  persons
          designated  by  a  Participant  to  receive  the  amount, if any,
          payable  under  the  Plan in the event of a Participant's  death.
          Each Beneficiary designation  shall  be in the form prescribed by
          the Committee.

               If the Participant is married and  designates  someone other
          than  his legal spouse, his Beneficiary designation must  include
          the written  consent of his spouse at the time the designation is
<PAGE>
          made.   Such  written   consent   must  approve  the  Beneficiary
          designated and acknowledge the effect  of  such  designation  and
          must  be  notarized  by a notary public.  If it is established to
          the satisfaction of the  Committee  that  the  Participant has no
          spouse  or  that the spouse's consent cannot be obtained  because
          the  spouse  cannot   be   located,  or  because  of  such  other
          circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations issued pursuant
          to Section 417 of the Code,  such  written  consent  shall not be
          required.

               If no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time
          of the Participant's death, then, to the extent, if any, benefits
          are  payable  under the Plan after such death, Beneficiary  shall
          mean the Participant's legal spouse, if he is married at the time
          of his death, otherwise the Participant's estate.

               2.4   Board  of  Directors shall mean the Board of Directors
          of Avondale Industries, Inc.

               2.5   Code shall mean  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended from time to time.  Reference  to any Section of the Code
          shall include any successor provision thereto.

               2.6   Committee   shall   mean  the  401(k)   Administrative
          Committee designated by the Company  to  administer  the  Plan in
          accordance with Section 12.2 or a person or entity designated  by
          the 401(k) Administrative Committee.

               2.7   Company  shall  mean Avondale Industries, Inc. and any
          successor company that may continue the Plan.

               2.8   Compensation.  The  term  "Compensation"  as  modified
          below,  has  the  following  meaning  for each respective purpose
          under the Plan:
                     (a)Plan  Compensation.   For purposes  of  determining
          contributions to the Plan, Plan Compensation  means base pay plus
          overtime, bonuses and short-term Disability payments, if any, and
          shall exclude permanent Disability payments and  any  other extra
          compensation  in  any  form  paid to the Employee by the Employer
          during the Plan Year.  Plan Compensation  will include any amount
          which  is  contributed  by  the  Employer pursuant  to  a  salary
          reduction  agreement and which is not  includible  in  the  gross
          income of an Employee under Sections 125 or 402(e)(3).

                     (a)Section  415  Compensation.   For  the  purpose  of
          applying  the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, Section 415
          Compensation means the Participant's wages, within the meaning of
          Section  3401(a)   of   the   Code  and  all  other  payments  of
          compensation to the Participant by the Employer (in the course of
          the  Employer's trade or business)  for  which  the  Employer  is
          required  to  furnish  the  Participant a written statement under
          Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code.

                     (a)Total Compensation  means  Section 415 Compensation
          plus  all amounts contributed by an Employer  on  behalf  of  the
          Participant  pursuant  to  a salary reduction agreement which are
          not  includible in the gross  income  of  the  Participant  under
          Sections 125, 402(e)(3), and 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code.
<PAGE>
               The  amount  of a Participant's annual Compensation that can
          be taken into account  under  any  of Subparagraphs (a) - (c) for
          any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted from time to
          time  in  accordance with Section 401(a)(17)  of  the  Code.   In
          determining  the  Compensation  of  a Participant for purposes of
          this limitation, the rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) shall apply,
          except in applying these rules, "family"  will  include  only the
          Participant's   spouse   and   any   lineal  descendants  of  the
          Participant who have not attained age  19 before the close of the
          year.  If, as a result of the application  of  these  rules,  the
          adjusted  $150,000  limit  is  exceeded  then  the  limit will be
          prorated  among  the  affected individuals determined under  this
          section before this limit is applied.

               2.9   Disability of  a  Participant shall mean the total and
          permanent  incapacity  of  a  Participant   to   engage   in  any
          substantial  gainful  employment,  as determined by the Committee
          and  which  qualifies  him  for  commencement   of  benefits  for
          permanent and total disability under Federal Old Age and Survivor
          Insurance.

               2.10  Disability Retirement Date shall have  the meaning set
          forth in Section 9.2.

               2.11  Eligible Employee is defined at Section 2.1.

               2.12  Employee shall mean a person employed by  an Employer,
          excluding  any  employee  who  is included in a unit of employees
          covered  by a negotiated collective  bargaining  agreement  which
          does not provide  for  his  participation  in the Plan.  A leased
          employee, as described in Section 414(n)(2)  of  the  Code, shall
          not be considered an Employee; provided, however, that any leased
          employee  who  subsequently  becomes  an Employee shall have  his
          previous  service as a leased employee used  in  calculating  his
          Years of Service under the Plan.

               2.13  Employee-Deferral  or  Employee-Deferral  Contribution
          shall mean the amount contributed by the Employer on behalf  of a
          Participant in accordance with Article III.

               2.14  Employee-Deferral   Account  shall  mean  the  Account
          maintained  for a Participant to  record  the  Employee-Deferrals
          under Article  III,  and  any  contributions  under  Section 4.6,
          contributed by the Employer on such Participant's behalf.

               2.15  Employee-Deferral  Agreement shall mean the  agreement
          described in Article III.

               2.16  Employer shall mean a Participating Employer or a Non-
          Participating Employer.

               2.17  Employer   Contribution   means   any   (a)   Matching
          Contributions, (b) Employer  Discretionary  Contributions and (c)
          contributions required on account of a Top-Heavy Plan Year.

               2.18  Employer Contribution Account shall  mean  the account
          established  for  a  Participant  which  is  funded  by  Employer
          Contributions.

               2.19  Employer  Discretionary  Contribution  shall  mean   a
<PAGE>
          contribution  by  an  Employer  to the Trust Fund as described in
          Article V.

               2.20  Entry Date shall mean  February  1, 1996 and the first
          day of each month thereafter and any other date  during  the Plan
          Year specified by the Committee.

               2.21  ERISA   shall  mean  the  Employee  Retirement  Income
          Security Act of 1974,  as  amended from time to time.  References
          to any section of ERISA include any successor provision thereto.

               2.22  Highly Compensated  Employee  shall  mean  any  highly
          compensated  active  Employee  and  any highly compensated former
          Employee as described in this Section 1.23.

               A highly compensated active Employee  includes  any Employee
          who  performs  service  for the Employer during the determination
          year  and  who, during the  look-back  year:  (i) received  Total
          Compensation  from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted
          pursuant to section  415(d)  of  the  Code);  (ii) received Total
          Compensation from the Employer in excess of $50,000  (as adjusted
          pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code) and was a member  of  the
          top-paid  group  for  such  year;  or (iii) was an officer of the
          Employer and received Total Compensation during such year that is
          greater than 50 percent of the dollar  limitation in effect under
          section  415(b)(1)(A) of the Code.  The term  Highly  Compensated
          Employee also  includes:  (i) Employees who are both described in
          the  preceding sentence  if  the  term  "determination  year"  is
          substituted for the term "look-back year" and the Employee is one
          of the  100  Employees  who  received the most Total Compensation
          from   the   Employer   during   the  determination   year;   and
          (ii) Employees who are 5 percent owners  at  any  time during the
          look-back year or determination year.

               If no officer has satisfied the compensation requirement  of
          (iii) above during either a determination year or look-back year,
          the  highest  paid  officer  for  such year shall be treated as a
          Highly Compensated Employee.

               For purposes of this Section 1.23,  the  determination  year
          shall  be the Plan Year.  The look-back year shall be the twelve-
          month period immediately preceding the determination year.

               A Highly  Compensated  former Employee includes any Employee
          who separated from service (or  was  deemed  to  have  separated)
          prior  to  the  determination  year, performs no service for  the
          Employer  during  the  determination   year,  and  was  a  highly
          compensated active Employee for either the separation year or any
          determination  year  ending  on  or  after  the  Employee's  55th
          birthday.

               If an Employee is, during a determination  year or look-back
          year, a family member of either a five percent (5%)  owner who is
          an active or former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who
          is  one of the ten (10) most Highly Compensated Employees  ranked
          on the  basis  of  Total Compensation paid by the Employer during
          such year, then the family member and the five percent (5%) owner
          or top-ten Highly Compensated  Employee  shall be aggregated.  In
          such case, the family member and five percent  (5%) owner or top-
<PAGE>
          ten (10) Highly Compensated Employee shall be treated as a single
          Employee   receiving  compensation  and  Plan  contributions   or
          benefits equal  to the sum of such compensation and contributions
          or benefits of the  family  member and five percent (5%) owner or
          top-ten  Highly  Compensated  Employee.   For  purposes  of  this
          Section  1.23,  family  member  includes   the   spouse,   lineal
          ascendants and descendants of the Employee or former Employee and
          the spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

               The  determination  of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
          including  the determinations  of  the  number  and  identity  of
          Employees in  the  top-paid  group,  the  top  one  hundred (100)
          Employees,  and number of Employees treated as officers  and  the
          compensation  that is considered, will be made in accordance with
          Section 414(q) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

               2.23  Hour of Service shall mean:

                     (a)Each  hour  for  which  an  Employee is directly or
          indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a  Participating
          Employer  or  Non-Participating  Employer for the performance  of
          duties, including periods of vacation and holidays;

                     (b)Each hour for which  an  Employee  is  directly  or
          indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a  Participating
          Employer  or Non-Participating Employer (including payments  made
          or due from  a  trust  fund or insurer to which the Participating
          Employer  or  Non-Participating   Employer  contributes  or  pays
          premiums) on account of a period of  time  during which no duties
          are   performed   (irrespective   of   whether   the   employment
          relationship  has  terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
          incapacity (including  disability),  layoff,  jury duty, military
          duty, or leave of absence, provided that:

                          (i)no  more  than 501 Hours of Service  shall  be
          credited under this paragraph  (b)  to  an Employee on account of
          any single continuous period during which  the  Employee performs
          no duties; and

                          (ii)Hours of Service shall not be  credited under
          this  paragraph  (b)  to  an  Employee for a payment which solely
          reimburses the Employee for medically-related  expenses  incurred
          by  the  Employee or which is made or due under a plan maintained
          solely for  the  purpose  of  complying  with applicable worker's
          compensation, unemployment compensation or  disability  insurance
          laws;

                     (c)Each  hour  not already included under this Section
          1.24  above for which back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
          damages,  is  either  awarded  or  agreed  to  by  such Employer,
          provided  that  crediting of Hours of Service under this  Section
          1.24 with respect to periods described in this Section 1.24 above
          shall be subject to the limitation therein set forth; and

                     (d)Solely  for purposes of determining whether a Break
          in Service, as defined  in  Section  1.29,  for participation and
          vesting  purposes  has occurred in a computation  period,  if  an
          Employee is away from  work  on  a  Parental  Absence,  he  shall
          receive  credit  for  the  Hours of Service which would otherwise
<PAGE>
          have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in
          any case in which such hours  cannot  be  determined,  8 Hours of
          Service  per  day of such absence.  The Hours of Service credited
          under  this  Section   1.24(d)   shall  be  credited  (1) in  the
          computation period in which the absence  begins  if the crediting
          is  necessary  to prevent a Break in Service in that  period,  or
          (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.

               To the extent not credited above, Hours of Service will also
          be credited based  on the customary work week of the Employee for
          periods of military  duty  (as  required  by  applicable law) and
          approved leaves of absence.

               The  number  of Hours of Service to be credited  under  this
          Section 1.24 above  on  account  of  a  period  during  which  an
          Employee performs no duties, and the Plan Years to which Hours of
          Service  shall be credited under this Section 1.24 above shall be
          determined   by   the   Committee  in  accordance  with  Sections
          2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of  the Regulations of the U.S. Department
          of Labor.

               2.24  Matching Contribution  shall mean a contribution by an
          Employer to the Trust Fund as described in Article IV.

               2.25  Non-Highly Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee
          who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

               2.26  Non-Participating Employer  shall  mean  an Affiliated
          Company which is not a Participating Employer.

               2.27  Normal  Retirement  Date  shall  have the meaning  set
          forth   in  Section  9.1.   Normal  Retirement  Age   means   the
          Participant's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

               2.28  One-Year  Break-in-Service  or  Break in Service shall
          mean  a twelve-month consecutive period following  an  Employee's
          Service  Termination  Date,  as  defined  in Section 1.36, during
          which the Employee fails to be credited with an Hour of Service.
               2.29  Parental Absence shall mean an Employee's absence from
          work for any of the following reasons:  (i) the  pregnancy of the
          Employee,  (ii) the  birth  of  the  Employee's child,  (iii) the
          adoption of a child by the Employee, or (iv) the need to care for
          the Employee's child immediately following its birth or adoption;
          provided, however, that the Committee,  in  its  sole discretion,
          may require evidence that any absence is on account  of  a reason
          enumerated  herein  and  evidence  as  to  the  duration  of such
          absence.

               2.30  Participant  shall mean (i) any Eligible Employee  for
          whom Employee-Deferral Contributions  have  been made or (ii) any
          former Eligible Employee on whose behalf an Account  continues to
          be  maintained  in the Plan pursuant to Article II.  An  Eligible
          Employee remains  a  Participant  as  long  as  he has an Account
          balance, as provided in Section 2.2.

               2.31  Participating   Employer   shall  mean  the   Company,
          Avondale Services Corporation, and any  Affiliated  Company  that
          adopts  this  Plan  pursuant  to  authorization  by  the Board of
          Directors of the Company and the board of directors of the newly-
<PAGE>
          adopting entity.

               By authorizing the adoption of this Plan, the governing body
          of any Participating Employer expressly recognizes and  delegates
          to  the  Company and its Board of Directors the right to exercise
          on  the behalf  of  the  Participating  Employer  all  power  and
          authority  conferred  by  the Plan to the Company or its Board of
          Directors.

               2.32  Plan shall mean  the  Avondale Industries, Inc. 401(k)
          Savings Plan, as set forth in this  document  and as amended from
          time to time.

               2.33  Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

               2.34  Rollover Contribution Account shall  mean  the Account
          maintained  for a Participant to record his rollover contribution
          made pursuant to Section 3.8.

               2.35  Service Termination Date shall mean the earlier of the
          following:

                     (a)the  date  on  which  by  reason  of  an Employee's
          resignation,  discharge, retirement or death the Employee  is  no
          longer employed by any Employer; or

                     (b)the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  on which an
          Employee  is laid off, starts an authorized leave of absence,  or
          is absent from  work  for  any  other  reason  (other  than those
          instances  covered  under  paragraphs  (a)  and  (c)),  including
          holidays,  paid vacations, sick leaves and absence on account  of
          disability.

               2.36  Trust  or Trust Agreement shall mean the agreement and
          any  and all amendments  and  supplements  thereto  entered  into
          between  the  Company and the Trustee.  The Trust Agreement shall
          be deemed to be  part  of  this  Plan  as  if  all  the terms and
          provisions were fully set forth herein.

               2.37  Trustee shall mean the person or persons appointed  by
          the Board of Directors to be Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

               2.38  Trust  Fund  shall mean all assets held by the Trustee
          in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

               2.39  Valuation Date shall mean the last day of each quarter
          during the Plan Year or any  other  date or dates during the Plan
          Year specified by the Committee upon  which  the  assets  of  the
          Trust  Fund  are valued as described in Article VIII.  The Annual
          Valuation Date shall mean the last day of the Plan Year.

               2.40  Vested   Interest   shall   mean   the  portion  of  a
          Participant's    Accounts    which   has   become   vested    and
          nonforfeitable, under Section 6.3.

               2.41  Year  of  Service  shall   mean   a   12-month  period
          commencing on the first day on which an Employee is credited with
          an  Hour  of  Service (or commencing on such Employee's  date  of
          rehire in the case  of  an Employee who has not previously become
<PAGE>
          an  Eligible  Employee  and   who   has  incurred  five  or  more
          consecutive One Year Breaks in Service)  or  anniversary  thereof
          during which he is continuously employed by an Employer, provided
          that:

                     (a)An  Employee  shall  be  credited  with one Year of
          Service for each 12 complete months of employment, whether or not
          consecutive.

                     (b)An Employee shall cease accruing Years  of  Service
          on  his  Service  Termination  Date; except that if such Employee
          performs an Hour of Service within the 12-month period commencing
          on his Service Termination Date,  his  period of absence shall be
          treated as employment.

                     (c)Years of Service shall include  any  one or more of
          the following:

                          (i)any  period of absence because of  service  in
          the military forces of the  United  States, provided the Employee
          returns to work within 90 days after  first becoming eligible for
          discharge from active duty;

                          (ii) any period of layoff not in excess of one
          year in duration;

                          (iii) any period while the Employee is  on  an
          approved  leave  of  absence with or without pay  (including  any
          leave of absence for maternity or paternity reasons);

                          (iv) any  other period of  absence approved by an
          Employer including paid holidays, paid vacations and sick leaves;

                          (v) any other  period  of  absence  provided  the
          Employee  returns  to work with an Employer within  the  one-year
          period after his Service Termination Date;

                          (vi) to the extent  not otherwise credited above,
          the  first  12  months  of  a Parental Absence  if  the  Employee
          provides  the  Committee  with any  evidence  it  may  reasonably
          require to determine that the  absence  is  on  account  of  such
          Parental Absence.
               Except as otherwise specifically provided under this Section
          1.42,  a  partial Year of Service shall be determined by dividing
          the number  of days of employment, whether or not consecutive, by
          the number of  days  in  the  calendar year. All of an Employee's
          Years of Service with the Employer  shall  be  taken into account
          for  purposes  of satisfying the Plan's eligibility  requirements
          and  for calculating  a  Participant's  Vested  Interest  in  his
          Employer Contribution Account.


                                           ARTICLE II
                                         PARTICIPATION

               2.1   Commencement  of  Participation.   Each Employee shall
          become an Eligible Employee as of the first Entry  Date  on which
          he  is  employed  by a Participating Employer and which coincides
          with or immediately  follows  the  date as of which such Employee
<PAGE>
          has  both  (a)  attained  age 21 and (b) completed  one  Year  of
          Service.

               2.2   Termination of Participation.  An Eligible Employee or
          Participant who (i) has a Service Termination Date (ii) becomes a
          member of a group of employees covered by a negotiated collective
          bargaining agreement which  does not provide for participation in
          the  Plan or (iii) becomes an  Employee  of  a  Non-Participating
          Employer  shall  no  longer  be  an  Eligible  Employee but shall
          continue as a Participant in the Plan entitled to  share  in  the
          earnings  and losses of the Trust Fund and to exercise the rights
          of a Participant  hereunder  until  his  Vested Interest has been
          distributed and the non-vested portion of  his  Accounts, if any,
          has been forfeited pursuant to Section 6.4.

               The participation of any Participant shall end  when  (i) no
          further benefits are payable to him or his Beneficiary under  the
          Plan and (ii) no further amounts are credited to his Accounts.

               2.3   Participation Following Reemployment.

               If  an  Employee  has  a  Service  Termination  Date  but is
          reemployed before a One Year Break in Service occurs, he shall be
          treated as if his employment was not broken.

               If  an  Employee who had not had a Year of Service incurs  a
          One Year Break in Service and is later reemployed by an Employer,
          he shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining
          eligibility to participate in the Plan.

               If an Eligible  Employee  experiences  a  One-Year  Break in
          Service  and is later reemployed by a Participating Employer,  he
          shall automatically  become  an  Eligible  Employee again and the
          Committee  shall  allow  him to elect to make Employee-Deferrals,
          pursuant to Section 3.1.


                                          ARTICLE III
                                       EMPLOYEE-DEFERRALS

               3.1   Employee-Deferrals.   An  Eligible  Employee may enter
          into  an  Employee-Deferral Agreement with his Employer  on  such
          form or forms as the Committee shall prescribe or through a voice
          response system  after  such Participant has entered his personal
          identification number.  In  the  Employee-Deferral  Agreement the
          Eligible  Employee shall agree to accept a deferral of  his  Plan
          Compensation  expressed as a whole percentage no less than 1% and
          no more than 13%.   The  Employee-Deferral Agreement shall remain
          in effect until changed or  discontinued  as  provided in Section
          3.3.  An Employee's election under this Section  3.1  can be made
          when the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee effective  on  the
          next  calendar month following the date on which such election is
          received by the Committee.

               No Employee-Deferral may be paid to the Plan by the Employer
          on behalf  of  a Participant after he ceases to be an Employee or
          during any period  when  such  Participant  is not receiving Plan
          Compensation from the Employer.

<PAGE>
               3.2   Delivery  of  Employee-Deferral  Contributions.    The
          Employee-Deferral   made   by  the  Employer  on  behalf  of  any
          Participant shall be transmitted  to  the Trustee by the Employer
          as soon as practicable after the close  of  the calendar month in
          which the Employee-Deferral occurs; provided,  however,  that  no
          Employee-Deferral  for  any  portion  of  a  Plan  Year  shall be
          delivered  to  the Trustee later than 90 days after the close  of
          the month in which  the  amount  was  deducted from Participant's
          Plan Compensation.

               3.3   Changes in and Discontinuance  of  Employee-Deferrals.
          A  Participant  may  change  the  rate  of Employee-Deferrals  or
          discontinue Employee-Deferrals paid by his  Employer  to the Plan
          on  his  behalf  effective as of the next payroll period provided
          the Participant has  given  the  Committee advance notice of such
          change in such form and within such  time  period  preceding  the
          effective date of the change as the Committee may prescribe.

               3.4   Dollar  Limitation.  In no event shall a Participant's
          Employee-Deferral Contributions  for a Participant's taxable year
          exceed  $9,500,  or  such larger amount  as  allowed  under  Code
          Section 402(g) to reflect increases in the cost of living.

               3.5   Return of Excess Deferral Amounts.  If a Participant's
          Employee-Deferral Contributions  under the Plan should exceed the
          dollar limitation under Section 3.4  for  a Plan Year, the excess
          amount  and  the  earnings  thereon shall be distributed  to  the
          Participant no later than the  April 15  following  the  calendar
          year  of  the  excess  deferral.   If  a Participant notifies the
          Committee in writing no later than March 1 following the calendar
          year of the excess deferral that he was  also  a participant in a
          plan of an unrelated employer governed by the Code Section 402(g)
          dollar  limitation  described  in  Section  3.4, that  the  total
          deferrals   under  the  plans  exceeded  the  dollar   limitation
          described in  Section  3.4, and that he has allocated some or all
          of the excess deferrals  to  this Plan, then the excess allocated
          to this Plan (and the earnings  thereon)  shall be distributed to
          the Participant no later than the following April 15.

               Any returned excess deferrals must include  income  or  loss
          for  the  calendar  year of the excess deferral, and must include
          income or loss for the  "gap period" between the end of that year
          and the date of distribution.   The gain or loss allocable to the
          Excess Deferral Amount for the preceding  calendar  year shall be
          determined  by  any reasonable method, provided that such  method
          does not violate  Section  401(a)(4) of the Code, is consistently
          applied,  and  is  used for allocating  income  to  Participants'
          Accounts.

               Any   Matching  Contributions   attributable   to   returned
          Employee-Deferrals  shall  be forfeited unless they can be deemed
          to match previously unmatched  Employee-Deferrals  as provided in
          Section  4.1.   The  amount of excess deferrals to be distributed
          shall be reduced by Excess  Contributions  previously distributed
          for the taxable year ending in the same Plan Year, as provided in
          Section 3.7.

               3.6   Non-Discrimination Rules

<PAGE>
                     (a)Definition.  The term "Actual  Deferral Percentage"
          (hereinafter "ADP") as used in this Section 3.6  shall  mean, for
          each  specified group of Eligible Employees for a Plan Year,  the
          average  of  the  ratios (calculated separately for each Eligible
          Employee in such group)  of  (1) the amount of Employee-Deferrals
          actually delivered to the Trustee  for  the Eligible Employee for
          the Plan Year to (2) the Eligible Employee's  Total  Compensation
          for the portion of such Plan Year (during which) the Employee was
          an Eligible Employee.  The ADP shall be calculated separately for
          the  group  consisting  of  Highly Compensated Employees and  the
          group consisting of Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

                     (b)An Eligible Employee  who  fails  to make Employee-
          Deferrals shall be included in the testing with a ratio of zero.

                     (c)The Tests.  In each Plan Year the Plan must satisfy
          one of the following tests:

                          (i)The ADP for Eligible Employees  who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed  the ADP
          for  Eligible  Employees who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                          (ii)The ADP for Eligible Employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for  the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP
          for Eligible Employees who are  Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided  that  the ADP
          for Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees  does
          not  exceed  the  ADP  for  Eligible Employees who are Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

                     (d)Special Rules in Connection with ADP Testing:

                          (i)The ADP for  any  Eligible  Employee  who is a
          Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible
          to have Employee-Deferrals allocated to his accounts under two or
          more  arrangements  described  in  Code  Section 401(k), that are
          maintained by one or more Employers, shall  be  determined  as if
          such  contributions  were made under a single arrangement.  If  a
          Highly Compensated Employee  participates  in two or more cash or
          deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or
          deferred  arrangements ending with or within  the  same  calendar
          year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

                          (ii)In the  event  that  this  Plan satisfies the
          requirements of Code Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4),  or  410(b) only
          if  aggregated  with  one or more other plans, or if one or  more
          other plans satisfy the  requirements  of such Code Sections only
          if  aggregated with this Plan, then this  Section  3.6  shall  be
          applied  by determining the ADP of Employees as if all such plans
          were a single plan.

                          (iii)For purposes of  determining  the  ADP of an
          Eligible Employee who is a five (5%) owner or one of the ten (10)
          most  highly-paid  Highly  Compensated  Employees,  the Employee-
          Deferrals and Total Compensation of such Eligible Employee  shall
          include  the  Employee-Deferrals  and  Total Compensation for the
          Plan  Year  of  members  of  the Eligible Employee's  Family  (as
          defined at Section 1.9).  Family  members  with  respect  to such
<PAGE>
          Highly  Compensated  Employees  shall  be disregarded as separate
          Employees in determining the ADP both for  Eligible Employees who
          are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and for  Eligible  Employees
          who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                          (iv)For purposes  of  determining  the  ADP test,
          Employee-Deferrals shall be taken into account only if:   paid to
          the  Trust  before  the  last day of the twelve (12) month period
          immediately following the  Plan  Year  to which the contributions
          relate; and which relate to Total Compensation  which  would have
          been received by the Eligible Employee in the Plan Year  (but for
          the  deferral  election)  or  which  is  attributable to services
          performed by the Eligible Employee in the  Plan  Year  and  would
          have  been  received  by  the  Eligible Employee within 2 1/2 months
          after the close of the Plan Year (but for the deferral election).

                          (v)The determination  and  treatment  of  the ADP
          amounts  of  any  Eligible  Employee  shall  satisfy  such  other
          requirements  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of the
          Treasury.

                          (vi)In the  event  that  the  ADP  of  the Highly
          Compensated  Employees  for  the  Plan Year determined as a  date
          prior to the last day of the Plan Year  indicates  that  the Plan
          for the year will not otherwise comply with either ADP test,  the
          Committee  has the authority to reduce the Employee-Deferral rate
          for the remainder  of  the  Plan Year for all or a portion of the
          Highly Compensated Employees  in  an equitable manner to increase
          the likelihood that one of the ADP tests will be satisfied.

               3.7   Return of Excess Contributions

                     (a)Definition.   "Excess  Contributions"  shall  mean,
          with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
                          (i)The  aggregate  amount  of  Employee-Deferrals
          actually  taken into account  in  computing  the  ADP  of  Highly
          Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                          (ii)The maximum amount of such Deferrals permitted
          by the ADP  test (determined by reducing Deferrals made on behalf
          of Highly Compensated  Employees  in order of the ADPs, beginning
          with the highest of such percentages).

                     (b)Determination of Income  or  Loss.   The  income or
          loss allocable to Excess Contributions shall be determined  using
          any reasonable method, provided that such method does not violate
          Section  401(a)(4)  of  the Code, is consistently applied, and is
          used for allocating income  to  Participants' Accounts.  Earnings
          must include income or loss for the  "gap period" between the end
          of the taxable year and the date of distribution.

                     (c)Distribution      of      Excess     Contributions.
          Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this   Plan,   Excess
          Contributions,  plus  any  income  and  minus  any loss allocable
          thereto, shall be distributed no later than the  last  day of the
          Plan   Year   to  Participants  to  whose  accounts  such  Excess
          Contributions were  allocated  for the preceding Plan Year.  Such
          distributions shall be made to Highly  Compensated  Employees  on
          the  basis of the respective portions of the Excess Contributions
<PAGE>
          attributable   to  each  of  such  Employees.   With  respect  to
          Participants who  are  subject  to  the family member aggregation
          rules of Code Section 414(q)(6), the  ADP  of  such  Participants
          shall  be  reduced  in  accordance  with  the  "leveling"  method
          described in the regulations and the Excess Contributions of such
          Participants  shall be allocated in the manner prescribed by  the
          regulations.  Excess  Contributions  shall  be  treated as Annual
          Additions under the Plan.  The amount of Excess Contributions  to
          be  distributed  shall  be reduced by excess deferrals previously
          distributed for the same  year  pursuant  to  Section 3.5 and any
          Matching  Contributions  with respect to such distributed  Excess
          Contributions (and the earnings thereon) shall be forfeited.

               3.8   Rollover Contributions.  A Participant who has entered
          into an Employee-Deferral  Agreement  may  contribute to the Plan
          any   amount   distributed  from  the  Participant's   individual
          retirement account,  individual  retirement annuity, or qualified
          plan which qualifies under either  of  Code  Sections  402(c)  or
          408(d)(3)(A)(ii),  which is transferred within the required time,
          and which meets all  other  requirements of law for a rollover to
          the Plan.  The Employer, the  Committee,  and  the  Trustee shall
          rely  upon  the  Participant's  written  certification  that  the
          transfer   is   a   permitted  rollover  meeting  all  the  above
          requirements.  Such a  contribution  shall  be held in a separate
          Rollover  Contribution  Account  for  the  Participant.   If  the
          Committee should learn that the rollover did  not  meet  all  the
          aforesaid  requirements,  the value of the Participant's Rollover
          Contribution Account as of  the  preceding Valuation Date (or the
          date of the rollover, if later) shall be returned to him.


                                           ARTICLE IV
                                     MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

               4.1   Matching Contributions.   The Board of Directors shall
          annually determine the amount of a Matching Contribution, if any,
          to be contributed for the Plan Year.   The  Matching Contribution
          shall   be   allocated   based  on  the  ratio  of  each   Active
          Participant's Employee-Deferrals  for  the Plan Year to the total
          of  Employee-Deferrals made by all Active  Participants  for  the
          year.   For  purposes  of  this allocation, Participant Employee-
          Deferrals in excess of 6% of each Participant's Plan Compensation
          shall be disregarded.

               4.2   Forfeitures.  Forfeitures  shall  be  allocated in the
          same manner as Matching Contributions under Section 4.1.

               4.3   Delivery  of  Contributions.   An Employer's  Matching
          Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee  at  such time as
          the  Employer  determines, but in no event shall any contribution
          for a Plan Year  be  made  later  than  the  deadline,  including
          extensions,  for the filing of the Company's tax return for  that
          year.

               4.4   Adjustments    if    Employee-Deferral   Contributions
          Adjusted.  If under Section 3.5 or  Section  3.7  a Participant's
          Employee-Deferral  Contributions are returned to him,  and  as  a
          result the net Employee-Deferral  Contributions for the Plan Year
          are  a smaller percentage of Plan Compensation  than  the  amount
<PAGE>
          taken  into  account in making Matching Contributions, the amount
          of the Matching  Contributions shall be reduced accordingly.  The
          reduction  in  the  Matching   Contribution   (and  any  earnings
          attributable to the reduction) shall be treated  as  a Forfeiture
          under the provisions of Section 4.2.

               4.5   Discrimination Test - Matching Contributions.

                     (a)Definitions:

                          (i)"Average  Contribution  Percentage"  or  "ACP"
          shall  mean  the  average of the Contribution Percentages of  the
          Eligible Employees in a group.

                          (ii)"Contribution Percentage" shall mean the ratio
          (expressed   as  a  percentage)   of   an   Eligible   Employee's
          Contribution Percentage  Amounts to the Eligible Employee's Total
          Compensation for the portion  of  the  Plan  Year in which he was
          eligible to make Employee-Deferrals.

                          (iii)"Contribution Percentage Amounts" shall mean
          the  Matching  Contributions  under  the  Plan  on  behalf of the
          Eligible Employee for the Plan Year.  The Employer may  elect  to
          use  Employee-Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so
          long as  the  ADP  test  is met before the Employee-Deferrals are
          used  in  the ACP test and continues  to  be  met  following  the
          exclusion of  those  Employee-Deferrals that are used to meet the
          ACP test.

                     (b)The Tests.  In each Plan Year the Plan must satisfy
          one of the following tests:

                          (i)The  ACP for Eligible Employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for  the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP
          for Eligible Employees who are  Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                          (ii)The ACP for Eligible Employees who are Highly
          Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed  the ACP
          for  Eligible  Employees who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          for the same Plan  Year  multiplied by two (2), provided that the
          ACP for Eligible Employees  who  are Highly Compensated Employees
          does not exceed the ACP for Eligible Employees who are Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

                     (c)Special Rules:

                          (i)(A)"Aggregate Limit" shall mean the greater of
          (A) or (B) below:

                                      (1)The sum of

                                         a)one  hundred twenty-five percent
          (125%) of the greater of the ADP or the  ACP  of  the  Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees in the same Plan Year, plus

                                         b)Two  (2) percentage points  plus
          the lesser of such ADP or ACP of Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          in the same Plan Year, provided, however,  that in no event shall
<PAGE>
          this amount exceed two hundred percent (200%)  of  the  lesser of
          the ADP or the ACP of Non-Highly Compensated Employees, and

                                      (2)The sum of

                                         a)one hundred twenty-five  percent
          (125%)  of  the  lesser  of  the ADP or the ACP of the Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees in the same Plan Year, plus

                                         b)Two  (2)  percentage points plus
          the  greater  of  the  ADP  or the ACP of Non-Highly  Compensated
          Employees in the same Plan Year,  provided,  however,  that in no
          event shall this amount exceed two hundred percent (200%)  of the
          greater   of  the  ADP  or  the  ACP  of  Non-Highly  Compensated
          Employees.
                                (B)Multiple Use:  If the sum of the ADP and
          ACP of the  Highly  Compensated  Employees  exceeds the Aggregate
          Limit, then the ACP of the Highly Compensated  Employees  will be
          reduced (beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee whose ACP
          is  the  highest)  so  that  the  limit  is not exceeded.  If the
          Employer  elects  to  reduce  the  ACP of the Highly  Compensated
          Employee, the required reduction shall  be  treated  as an Excess
          Aggregate  Contribution described below.  If the Employer  elects
          to reduce the  ADP  of  the  Highly  Compensated  Employees,  the
          required  reduction shall be treated as an Excess Contribution as
          described in  Section  3.7.   The  ADP  and  ACP  of  the  Highly
          Compensated   Employees  are  determined  after  any  corrections
          required to meet  the  ADP  and ACP tests.  Multiple use does not
          occur if both the ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees
          does not exceed 1.25 multiplied  by  the  ADP and ACP of the Non-
          Highly Compensated Employees.

                          (ii)For purposes of this section, the Contribution
          Percentage for any Eligible Employee who is  a Highly Compensated
          Employee  and  who  is  eligible to have Contribution  Percentage
          Amounts allocated to his  account  under  two  (2)  or more plans
          described  in  Code Section 401(a), or arrangements described  in
          Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by one or more Employers,
          shall  be  determined  as  if  the  total  of  such  Contribution
          Percentage Amounts  was  made  under  each  plan.   If  a  Highly
          Compensated  Employee  participates  in  two  (2) or more cash or
          deferred  arrangements under Code Section 401(k)  ("CODA"),  that
          have different  plan  years,  all CODAs ending with or within the
          same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

                          (iii)In the event that this  Plan  satisfies  the
          requirements of Code Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if
          aggregated  with one or more other plans, or if one or more other
          plans satisfy  the  requirements  of  such  Code Sections only if
          aggregated with this Plan, then this section  shall be applied by
          determining the Contribution Percentages of Eligible Employees as
          if all such plans were a single plan.

                          (iv)For purposes of determining the  Contribution
          Percentage  of  an  Eligible Employee who is a five percent  (5%)
          owner or one of the ten  (10) most highly-paid Highly Compensated
          Employees,  the  Contribution   Percentage   Amounts   and  Total
          Compensation   of   such  Eligible  Employee  shall  include  the
          Contribution Percentage  Amounts  and  Total Compensation for the
<PAGE>
          Plan  Year of Family members.  Family members,  with  respect  to
          Highly  Compensated  Employees,  shall be disregarded as separate
          Employees  in determining the Contribution  Percentage  both  for
          Eligible Employees  who  are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and
          for Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                          (v)For  purposes   of   determining  the  Average
          Contributions  Percentage  test, Employer Matching  Contributions
          will be considered made for  a  Plan Year only if (i) paid to the
          trust  no  later than the end of the  twelve  (12)  month  period
          beginning on  the  day  after the close of the Plan Year and (ii)
          made on account of the Employee's  Employee-Deferral for the Plan
          Year.

                     (d)Excess Aggregate Contributions.   If the Plan fails
          to  satisfy  the  ACP  Test, Excess Aggregate Contributions  (the
          excess of the aggregate amount of Matching Contributions actually
          made on behalf of Highly  Compensated  Employees  for  such  Plan
          Year,  over  the  maximum  amount of such contributions permitted
          under the limitations of Section  401(m)(2)(A)  of  the Code) and
          income or loss allocable thereto for the Plan Year in  which  the
          ACP Test is failed, shall be treated as follows:

                          (i)Disposition of Excess Aggregate Contributions.
          Notwithstanding   any   other  provision  of  this  Plan,  Excess
          Aggregate Contributions,  plus  any  income  and  minus  any loss
          allocable  thereto, shall be distributed, no later than the  last
          day  of each  Plan  Year,  to  Highly  Compensated  Employees  or
          forfeited,  where  otherwise  appropriate,  from  the accounts of
          Participants  in  which such Excess Aggregate Contributions  were
          allocated  for  the  preceding   Plan   Year.   Excess  Aggregate
          Contributions shall be allocated to Participants  who are subject
          to the family member aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6),
          the ACP of such Participants shall be reduced in accordance  with
          the "leveling" method described in the regulations and the Excess
          Contributions  of  such  Participants  shall  be allocated in the
          manner prescribed by the regulations.

                          (ii)Determination of  Income  or  Loss.    Excess
          Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or  loss
          attributable  thereto  in  the year in which the contribution was
          made.   The  income  or  loss  allocable   to   Excess  Aggregate
          Contributions  shall  be determined using any reasonable  method,
          provided that such method  does  not violate Section 401(a)(4) of
          the Code, is consistently applied,  and  is  used  for allocating
          income to Participants' Accounts.

                          (iii)Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions.
          Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be distributed on a pro-rata
          basis from the Participant's Employer Contribution Account  (and,
          if applicable, the Participant's Employee-Deferral Account).

               4.6   Qualified     Matching     Contributions,    Qualified
          Nonelective  Contributions.   The  Company   may,   in  its  sole
          discretion, use the following contributions to enable the Plan to
          satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Section  3.6 and/or
          Section 4.5:

                     (a)Qualified   Matching  Contributions.   A  Qualified
<PAGE>
          Matching Contribution may be  made  by the Employers with respect
          to  Employee-Deferrals  made on behalf  of  the  Employee.   Such
          Qualified Matching Contributions  shall  be  nonforfeitable  when
          made   and   shall   be  subject  to  the  same  restrictions  on
          distribution that apply to Employee-Deferrals.

                     (b)Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions.  A Qualified
          Nonelective Contribution may be made by the Employer on the basis
          of either a specified dollar amount or  a specified percentage of
          Plan  Compensation.   Such  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions
          shall  be  nonforfeitable  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same
          restrictions on distribution that apply to Employee-Deferrals.

                     (c)The use of contributions described  above  shall be
          as  provided  in  regulations  under  Section  401(k) and Section
          401(m) of the Code.


                                           ARTICLE V
                              EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS

               5.1   Employer Discretionary Contributions.   The  Board  of
          Directors   shall  annually  determine  the  amount  of  Employer
          Discretionary  Contributions,  if  any, to be contributed for the
          Plan Year.  The Company may contribute  all or part of the entire
          amount due on behalf of one or more Participating  Employers  and
          charge   the   amount  thereof  to  the  Participating  Employers
          responsible therefor.

               In no event  shall the contribution, when added to the other
          contributions under the Plan, exceed the maximum amount which may
          be claimed as a deduction  by  the Company for federal income tax
          purposes under Code Section 404(a)(3).

               The contribution, if any, shall  be delivered in one or more
          installments to the Trustee no later than the due date (including
          extensions) of the Company's federal income  tax  return  for its
          fiscal  year  ending  with  or during the Plan Year for which the
          contribution is made.

               5.2   Allocation  of Employer  Discretionary  Contributions.
          As  of each Annual Valuation  Date,  the  Employer  Discretionary
          Contribution,   if  any,  shall  be  allocated  to  the  Employer
          Contribution  Accounts   of   all   Active  Participants  in  the
          proportion that each such Active Participant's  Plan Compensation
          bears  to  the Plan Compensation for all Active Participants  for
          such year.

               5.3   Top-Heavy  Contributions.   As  of the end of any Plan
          Year  in  which  the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy,  the  Employer   shall
          contribute   to   the   Employer  Contribution  Account  of  each
          Participant who is a Non-Key  Employee  the amount required under
          Article XV.

                                           ARTICLE VI
                                            VESTING

               6.1   Employee-Deferral   Account.   The   interest   of   a
          Participant  in  his Employee-Deferral  Account  shall  be  fully
<PAGE>
          vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

               6.2   Rollover  Contribution  Account.   The  interest  of a
          Participant  in  his Rollover Contribution Account shall be fully
          vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

               6.3   Employer  Contribution  Account.   The  interest  of a
          Participant  in  his Employer Contribution Account shall be fully
          vested and nonforfeitable  upon such Participant's death prior to
          termination of employment, attainment  of  the  Normal Retirement
          Age while still employed, or termination of employment  by reason
          of Disability.  When a Participant's employment is terminated for
          any other reason, the vested and nonforfeitable interest  of such
          Participant  shall be determined in accordance with the following
          schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                    Years		  Vested %
                    of Service
                                              0
                    Less than 5 years        100
                    5 years or more

               6.4   Forfeitures.

                     (a)For purposes of this Section 6.4, if a
          Participant's account is 0% vested upon his Service Termination
          Date, he shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his
          account balance (and therefore a forfeiture results) as of the
          end of the Plan Year in which the Service Termination Date
          occurred.

                     (b)The forfeitures shall be applied in accordance with
          Section 4.2.

                     (c)A Participant can have a forfeiture restored after
          reemployment, but only under the circumstances described in
          Section 6.6.

               6.5   Reemployment Before Break in Service.  If an Employee
          has a Service Termination Date and is reemployed before a One-
          Year Break in Service occurs, he will be treated for vesting
          purposes as if the termination had not occurred.

               6.6   Reemployment After Break in Service.  The following
          special rules apply if an Employee has a One-Year Break in
          Service and is later reemployed by an Employer.

                     (a)His Years of Service prior to the Break in Service
          shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the
          vested portion of such Participant's Employer Contribution
          Account funded after reemployment (i) if any portion of the
          Participant's Employer Contribution Account is vested at the time
          of the Break in Service, or (ii) if he incurs fewer than five
          consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.

                     (b)His Years of Service which accrue after the Break
          in Service shall be taken into account for purposes of
          determining the vested portion of such Participant's Employer
<PAGE>
          Contribution Account funded prior to the Break in Service,
          provided such Participant is reemployed by the Employer before he
          receives a distribution or incurs five (5) consecutive one-year
          Breaks in Service.

                     (c)(i)If a Participant has a Service Termination Date
          and receives a distribution of the balance of his Employer
          Contribution Account, he will be credited with the full value of
          his forfeited account balance, determined as of the date of the
          distribution, provided the Participant repays the amount of the
          distribution before the earlier of (1) five (5) years after the
          first day on which an Employee is subsequently reemployed by the
          Employer, or (2) the close of the first period of five (5)
          consecutive Breaks in Service.  Any Participant who terminates
          employment with zero vesting shall be credited with the full
          value of his Employer Contribution Account determined as of the
          date of the deemed distribution under Paragraph 6.4(a) if the
          Participant is reemployed before he incurs five (5) consecutive
          One-Year Breaks in Service.

                          (ii)If any credit is required under this Paragraph
          (c), the credit shall be made at the close of the Plan Year in
          which occurs the later of the reemployment or the repayment.  The
          credit shall be satisfied first from Forfeitures, second from
          Employer Discretionary Contributions.


                                          ARTICLE VII
                                          ALLOCATIONS

               7.1   Allocation of Contributions.  Contributions to the
          Plan shall be allocated in the following manner:

                     (a)Employee-Deferral Contributions shall be allocated
          to the Employee-Deferral Account of each Participant in
          accordance with the provisions of Article III.

                     (b)Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be
          allocated to the Employer Contribution Account of each
          Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article V.

                     (c)Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the
          Employer Contribution Account of each Participant in accordance
          with the provisions of Article IV.

          	     (d)Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified
          Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the Employee-
          Deferral Account of each Participant in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 4.6.

               7.2   Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VII, the
          term Accounts shall mean a Participant's Employee-Deferral
          Account and Employer Contribution Account.
               The term Annual Addition shall mean, for any Limitation
          Year, the sum of (a) Matching Contributions, (b) Employee-
          Deferral Contributions, (c) Employer Discretionary Contributions,
          Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-elective
          Contributions and (d) forfeitures.

<PAGE>
               The term Defined Benefit Plan Fraction shall mean, for any
          year, a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the projected
          annual benefit of the Participant under any defined benefit plan
          maintained by the Employer (determined as of the close of the
          Plan Year), and (b) the denominator of which is the lesser of
          (i) the product of 1.25 multiplied by the maximum dollar
          limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for such
          year, or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the amount which
          may be taken into account under Code Section 415(b)(1)(B) for
          such year.

               The term Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall mean, for
          any year, a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the sum of the
          Annual Additions to the Participant's Accounts as of the close of
          the Plan Year, and (b) the denominator of which is the sum of the
          lesser of the following amounts determined for such year and each
          prior year of service with a Employer:  (i) the product of 1.25
          multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
          415(c)(1)(A) for such year (determined without regard to Code
          Section 415(c)(6)), or (ii) the product of 1.4 multiplied by the
          amount which may be taken into account under Code Section
          415(c)(1)(B) for such year.

               The term Employer includes the group of Employers, if any,
          which constitute a controlled group of corporations, trades or
          businesses under common control (within the meaning of Code
          Sections 1563(a) or 414(b) as modified by 415(h) and 414(c)), or
          an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Sections
          414(m) and 318) with an Employer.  All such Employers shall be
          treated as a single Employer for purposes of applying the Code
          Section 415 limitations.

               The term Limitation Year shall mean the Plan Year or any
          other twelve-month period designated by the Board of Directors.

               7.3   Annual Additions.  No contribution or forfeiture shall
          be allocated to the Accounts of an Employee for a Limitation Year
          in excess of an amount which, when expressed as an Annual
          Addition to such Employee's Accounts, is equal to the lesser of
          (a) $30,000 or such larger amount equal to 1/4 of the defined
          benefit dollar limitation as adjusted for cost-of-living
          increases pursuant to Code Sections 415(c)(1), 415(d)(1) and
          415(d)(3), or (b) twenty-five percent of such Employee's Section
          415 Compensation for such limitation.

               7.4   Limitation for Other Defined Contribution Plans.  In
          the event that the Annual Addition which would otherwise be made
          to an Employee's accounts under all defined contribution plans
          maintained by the Employer for any Limitation Year exceeds the
          limitations set forth in this Article VII, the excess Annual
          Addition shall be attributed first to the Plan, and the Employer
          shall treat such excess as follows:

                     (a)First, the Employee-Deferral Contributions in
          excess of six percent of Plan Compensation shall be returned to
          the Employee to the extent necessary.

                     (b)Second, the portion of the excess consisting of
<PAGE>
          Matching Contributions shall be allocated and reallocated to the
          Employer Contribution Accounts of other Participants in
          accordance with Section 4.1 to the extent such allocations would
          not cause Annual Additions to each Participant's Accounts to
          exceed the limitations of this Section 7.4

                     (c)Third, the portion of the excess consisting of
          Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated and
          reallocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of other
          Participants in accordance with Section 5.2 to the extent such
          allocations would not cause Annual Additions to each
          Participant's Accounts to exceed the limitation of this Section
          7.4.

                     (d)If treated in accordance with subparagraphs (a)
          through (c) above, the excess amounts shall not be deemed Annual
          Additions in that limitation year if the excess amounts are a
          result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in
          estimating a Participant's annual Plan Compensation, a reasonable
          error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the
          meaning of Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to
          any individual under the limits of Section 415 or under other
          limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner finds
          justify the availability of the rules set forth in this
          subparagraph.

                     (e)To the extent excess Annual Additions exist after
          the distributions described in subparagraphs (a) through (c),
          such excess amounts shall be allocated to a Section 415 Suspense
          Account.  All amounts in the Section 415 Suspense Account must be
          used to reduce Matching Contributions, contributions required on
          account of a Top-Heavy Plan Year, or Employer Discretionary
          Contributions in succeeding Limitation Years.  In the event of
          termination of the Plan, the balance of the Section 415 Suspense
          Account shall revert to the Company to the extent it may not then
          be allocated to any Participants' Accounts.

               7.5   Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan. If an Employee is
          also a Participant in one or more defined benefit plans
          maintained by the Employer (or an Employee was a Participant in
          any defined benefit plan previously maintained by an Employer),
          the sum of such Employee's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and
          Defined Contribution Plan Fraction (as determined pursuant to
          Code Section 415(e)) for any Limitation Year may not exceed 1.0.

               In the event that the sum of an Employee's Defined
          Contribution Plan and Defined Benefit Plan Fractions would
          otherwise exceed 1.0 for any Limitation Year, the benefit accrual
          which would otherwise be made under all applicable defined
          benefit plans for such Employee shall be considered not to have
          accrued, to the extent necessary, so that the sum of such
          fractions does not exceed 1.0.  If after all such adjustments the
          sum of the fractions would still exceed 1.0, then the annual
          addition which would otherwise be made with respect to such
          Employee shall be reduced in this Plan pursuant to Section 7.4
          and finally under any applicable defined contribution plan to the
          extent necessary so that the sum does not exceed 1.0.

<PAGE>
                                          ARTICLE VIII
                                           TRUST FUND

               8.1   Plan Assets.  Avondale Industries, Inc. and the
          Trustee have entered into a Trust Agreement, which agreement
          provides for the establishment of a single Trust for the purpose
          of holding and administering all amounts contributed to Accounts
          under the Plan.  All contributions, and the earnings on such
          amounts, shall be delivered to the Trustee and held and
          administered pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the Trust
          Agreement.

               8.2   Separate Accounts.  A separate Employee-Deferral
          Account and Employer Contribution Account and Rollover
          Contribution Account shall be maintained by the Trustee or a
          recordkeeping agent appointed by the Plan Administrator for each
          Participant.

               8.3   Valuation.  The fair market value of the assets
          comprising the Trust shall be determined as of each Valuation
          Date, in accordance with generally-accepted valuation methods and
          accounting practices.

               As of each Valuation Date, the value of each Account shall
          be adjusted to reflect the effect on each sub-account of any
          change in the value of each Investment Fund since the preceding
          Valuation Date, as well as the effect of any deposits,
          withdrawals, distributions, or other transactions occurring since
          the last Valuation Date.  The Committee shall provide to each
          Participant, Beneficiary and alternate payee as of the end of
          each calendar quarter a statement of the value of each Account in
          which such person has an interest.

               8.4   Investment Funds.

                     (a)The Committee shall determine what investment funds
          to offer under the Plan and may, from time to time, change the
          investment funds offered hereunder.  As of the Effective Date of
          this Plan, the investment funds are Merrill Lynch Retirement
          Preservation Trust, Merrill Lynch Capital Fund, Merrill Lynch
          Corporate Bond Fund Investment Grade, AIM Constellation Fund, AIM
          Value Fund, and Templeton Growth Fund.

                     (b)As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall
          perform a valuation of each Investment Fund in order to determine
          the value of each Investment Fund and to reconcile the Investment
          Funds from the prior Valuation Date.  Such valuation shall
          recognize any appreciation or depreciation in the fair market
          value of all securities or other property held by each respective
          Investment Fund, any cash and accrued earnings and shall take
          into account any accrued expenses and proper charges against the
          Investment Fund as of such Valuation Date.

               8.5   Investment of Contributions.

                     (a)A Participant may direct that his Employee-Deferral
          Contributions, Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions,
          if any, be allocated to one or more of the Investment Funds then
          available, in multiples of one percent (1%), by providing voice
          consent after such Participant has accessed a voice response
<PAGE>
          system by entering his personal identification number in
          accordance with limitations reasonably determined by the
          Committee, or in writing on a form acceptable to the Committee.
          The total of all such allocations shall equal one hundred percent
          of the Participant's interest in his Accounts.  The Committee
          will provide, upon Participant's request, a written confirmation
          of his written investment instructions.

                     (b)If no investment direction exists the Participant's
          affected interest shall automatically be invested in a short term
          income fund until adequate instructions are received through a
          voice response system or in writing on an acceptable form;
          provided that such investment will not result in violation of
          ERISA.

                     (c)Each Participant must consent to the allocation of
          his contributions among the Investment Funds.  Such direction
          shall continue in effect until such time as the Participant
          consents to a different allocation.  The investment of future
          contributions may be changed daily, provided such change is
          received by the Committee within such time period preceding the
          effective date as shall be prescribed by the Committee.

               8.6   Transfer of Amounts Among Investment Funds

                     (a)A Participant may elect to transfer amounts from
          one Investment Fund to another in increments of one percent (1%).
          Any such change shall be by providing voice consent after the
          Participant has accessed a voice response system by entering his
          personal identification number, or in writing on a form
          acceptable to the Committee.  Such election shall be effective on
          the business day transacted if requested via the voice response
          system before 3 p.m. Eastern Standard Time or as soon as
          administratively feasible if requested on a written form.
          Transfers out of an investment fund can be processed in terms of
          dollars, shares, or percentages.  Dollar and percent transfers
          will be converted into shares, traded based on the previous
          night's price, and processed based on the current night's price.

                     (b)In the event an acceptable form is not received by
          the Committee for all or any portion of a Participant's Accounts,
          the current investment direction shall continue in effect until
          adequate instructions are received through a voice response
          system or in writing on an acceptable form.

                     (c)The timing and frequency of transfers among
          investment options may be further restricted if such restrictions
          are required by the institution handling or providing the
          investment fund.

               8.7   Liability for Investment Decisions.  This Plan is
          intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of
          ERISA, and Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations Section
          2550.404c-1.  Fiduciaries of the Plan may be relieved of
          liability for any losses which are the direct and necessary
          result of investment instructions given by each Participant or
          Beneficiary.  Neither the Employer, the Trustee nor the Committee
          shall be responsible for any loss which may result from a
          Participant's exercise of control over the investment of his
          Accounts.

<PAGE>
               Each Participant shall have exclusive responsibility for and
          control over the investment of amounts allocated to his Accounts.
          Neither the Employers, the Trustee nor the Committee shall have
          any duty, responsibility or right to question a Participant's
          investment directions or to advise a Participant with respect to
          the investment of his accounts.

               The Committee will  be obligated to follow the Participant's
          investment directions except when the instructions:

                     (a)are not in accordance with this Plan document and
          instruments governing this Plan insofar as such documents and
          instruments are consistent with the provisions of Title I of
          ERISA;

                     (b)would result in a prohibited transaction described
          in ERISA section 406 or Code section 4975 that is not otherwise
          exempted by statute or regulation;

                     (c)would generate income that would be taxable to this
          Plan;

                     (d)would cause a fiduciary to maintain the indicia of
          ownership  of any assets of the Plan outside the jurisdiction of
          the district courts of the United States other than as permitted
          by section 404(b) of ERISA and related regulations;

                     (e)would jeopardize the Plan's tax qualified status
          under the Code; or

                     (f)could result in a loss in excess of the Account
          balance.

               8.8   Accounting Procedures.  The Committee shall establish
          such equitable accounting procedures as may be required to make
          (a) allocations, (b) valuations, and (c) adjustments to Partici-
          pants' accounts in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
          The Plan Administrator may modify its accounting procedures, from
          time to time, for the purpose of achieving equitable and non-
          discriminatory allocations.


                                           ARTICLE IX
                                            BENEFITS

               9.1   Normal Retirement Date.  The Normal Retirement Date
          shall be the later of (a) the Participant's Normal Retirement Age
          or (b) the first day of the month coincident with or next
          following a Participant's fourth anniversary of commencement of
          participation in the Plan.  Any Participant who remains an
          Employee beyond Normal Retirement Date, or becomes a Participant
          after such date, shall participate in the contributions and
          benefits of the Plan in the same manner as any other Participant.

               9.2   Disability Retirement Date.  Any Participant who has
          incurred a Disability, as determined by the Committee, may retire
          on a Disability Retirement Date by making written application to
          the Committee specifying a Disability Retirement Date which is
          the first day of a month not more than 90 days following the date
<PAGE>
          of the filing of the application.  Former Employees shall not be
          eligible for Disability Retirement unless the Disability was
          determined to have occurred during the course of such former
          Employee's employment with the Employer.  Subject to Section 12.6
          the determination of the Committee as to whether a Participant
          has a Disability and the date of such Disability shall be final,
          binding and conclusive.

               9.3   Nonalienation of Benefits.  Except with respect to
          federal income tax withholding and federal tax levies, benefits
          payable under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
          anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
          encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind,
          either voluntary or involuntary, including any such liability
          which is for alimony or other payments for the support of a
          spouse or former spouse or for any other relative of the
          Employee, prior to actually being received by the person entitled
          to the benefit under the terms of the Plan; and any attempt to
          anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber,
          charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable
          hereunder, shall be void.  The Trust Fund shall not in any manner
          be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities,
          engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits
          hereunder.

               Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall direct the
          Trustee to comply with a qualified domestic relations order
          described in Section 9.4.

               9.4   Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  All rights and
          benefits, including election rights, provided to Participants
          pursuant to this Plan, are subject to the rights afforded to any
          "alternate payee" pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations
          order," as those terms are defined below.

               Payment to an "alternate payee" pursuant to a "qualified
          domestic relations order" shall be made at such time as
          determined pursuant to the qualified domestic relations order,
          based on the value of the alternate payee's interest in the
          account as of the Valuation Date preceding the date the payment
          is made.  No payment to an alternate payee can be made later than
          when the Participant's benefit is paid to him as a result of his
          termination of employment.  If the Participant has a loan as an
          investment of his account, such Participant will continue to be
          responsible for the entire loan.  The Plan Administrator is
          authorized to establish any additional rules necessary to
          determine the rights of alternate payees under qualified domestic
          relations orders.

               Pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(p) of the Code, a
          "qualified domestic relations order" shall mean a judgment,
          decree or order (including approval of a property settlement
          agreement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law
          (including a community property law) that relates to the
          provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property
          rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a
          Participant ("alternate payee") and which:

<PAGE>
                     (a)creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate
          payee's right to, or assigns to an alternate payee the right to,
          receive all or a portion of the benefits payable to a Participant
          under this Plan; and

                     (b)specifies (i) the name and last known mailing
          address (if any) of the Participant and each alternate payee
          covered by the order, (ii) the amount or percentage of the
          Participant's benefits under the Plan to be paid to each such
          alternate payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage
          is to be determined and, (iii) the number of payments or the
          period to which the order applies; and

                     (c)does not require this Plan to:

                          (i)provide any type or form of benefit, or any
          option, not otherwise provided hereunder;

                          (ii)pay any benefits to any alternate payee prior
          to the earlier of:

                                (A)the earliest date benefits are payable
          hereunder to a Participant, or

                                (B)the later of the date the Participant
          attains age 50 or the earliest date on which the Participant
          could obtain a distribution under the Plan if the Participant
          terminated employment;

                          (iii)pay any benefits which are not vested under
          the Plan;

                          (iv)provide increased benefits; or

                          (v)pay benefits to an alternate payee which are
          required to be paid to another alternate payee under a prior
          qualified domestic relations order.

               Upon receipt of any judgment, decree or order (including
          approval of a property settlement agreement) relating to the
          provision of payment by the Plan to an alternate payee pursuant
          to a state domestic relations law, the Committee shall promptly
          notify the affected Participant and any person identified in the
          document as an alternate payee of the receipt of such judgment,
          decree order and shall notify the affected Participant and any
          such designated alternate payee of the Committee's procedure for
          determining whether or not the judgment, decree or order is a
          qualified domestic relations order.

               The Committee shall establish procedures to determine the
          status of a judgment, decree or order as a qualified domestic
          relations order and to administer Plan distributions in
          accordance with any such qualified domestic relations order. Such
          procedures shall be in writing, shall include provisions
          specifying the notification requirements enumerated in the
          preceding paragraph, shall permit an alternate payee to designate
          a representative for receipt of communications from the
          Committee, and shall include such other provisions as the
<PAGE>
          Committee shall determine, including such provisions required
          under Treasury Regulations.

               In the event that the Committee is informed in writing of a
          claim by a person (a "Claimant") that may result in the rendering
          of a qualified domestic relations order with respect to a
          Participant's Accounts in the Plan, the Committee is authorized
          to suspend any payments from those Accounts until receipt of a
          judgment, decree or order setting forth the rights of Claimant as
          an alternate payee, or upon receipt of an order or written
          release by the Claimant evidencing that the Claimant has no
          further claim to the Participant's interest in the Plan.

               If the judgment, decree or order is determined to be a
          qualified domestic relations order within the 18-month period
          following the receipt by the Committee of the qualified domestic
          relations order, then payment of the amount shall be paid to the
          appropriate alternate payee at the time and in the form specified
          in such order.  If such a determination is not made within the
          18-month period, the amount shall be returned to the
          Participant's Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid at the
          time and in the manner provided under the Plan as if no order,
          judgment or decree had been received by the Committee.


                                           ARTICLE X
                                      PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

               10.1   Time of Payment.  A Participant shall be eligible to
          receive a distribution of his Vested Interest when he has had a
          Service Termination Date.

               Such a Participant shall be entitled to receive his Vested
          Interest at any time, provided that payment cannot be made sooner
          than 30 days following his Service Termination Date and no later
          than the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Age or his
          Service Termination Date.  A distribution is based upon the value
          of the Participant's Vested Interest as of the Valuation Date
          coincident with or immediately preceding the date of
          distribution.

               The foregoing notwithstanding:

                     (a)If the value of a Participant's Vested Interest is
          less than $3,500, the Vested Interest will be distributed as soon
          as administratively practicable following the Service Termination
          Date;

                     (b)If the value of a Participant's Vested Interest is
          greater than $3,500, the Participant must consent to the
          distribution;

                     (c)Notwithstanding (b) above, if an Employee is
          employed on the March 31 following the year in which he attains
          age 70 1/2, the payment of his Vested Interest shall be made no
          later than that date.

               In no event shall a distribution occur while a Participant
<PAGE>
          remains in the employ of an Employer, except in the event of a
          withdrawal by reason of Financial Hardship or after age 59 1/2, as
          described in Sections 11.1 and 11.2, below.

               The distribution rules that apply to an "alternate payee"
          pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" are stated in
          Section 9.4 herein.

               10.2   Death Benefit.  If a Participant dies with a balance
          in his Accounts, the interest of such Participant shall be
          distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary in a single-sum
          payment as soon as administratively practicable after 90 days
          from the Participant's death.

               10.3   Form of Distribution.  Distributions shall be made in
          a single-sum payment.

               10.4   Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits.

                     (a)Unless the Participant elects otherwise in writing,
          the payment of his Vested Interest shall commence no later than
          the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which
          the last of the following occurs:

                          (i)the Participant achieves Normal Retirement
          Age, or

                          (ii)the Participant terminates his service with
          the Employer, whichever is the latest.

                     (b)If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to furnish
          information reasonably requested by the Committee which is
          necessary to determine whether such Participant or Beneficiary
          has satisfied all requirements for payment of benefits, the
          Committee shall delay payment of benefits until the requested
          information is furnished and shall make reasonable efforts to
          obtain such information.

               10.5   Direct Rollover Rules.  Notwithstanding any provision
          of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
          Distributee's election under this Article, the Distributee may
          elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
          to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid
          directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
          Distributee in a Direct Rollover.  Definitions are as follows:

                     (a)The term Eligible Rollover Distribution means any
          distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit
          of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution
          does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of
          substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
          annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
          Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
          the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or
          for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
          the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9)
          of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not
          includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
          exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
          employer securities).
<PAGE>
                     (b)An Eligible Retirement Plan includes an individual
          retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an
          individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the
          Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or
          a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that
          accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.
          However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
          surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual
          retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                     (c)The term Distributee includes an employee or former
          employee.  In addition, the employee's or former employee's
          surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse
          or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
          domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
          Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse
          or former spouse.

                     (d)The term Direct Rollover means a payment by the
          plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
          Distributee.

               10.6   Notice.  The notice required by section 1.411(a)-11(c)
          of the Income Tax Regulations must be provided to a Participant
          no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the date of
          distribution.  The notice explains a Participant's right to defer
          receipt of the distribution if his Vested Interest exceeds
          $3,500.  A Participant will also receive an explanation of his
          distribution options no less than 30 days and no more than 90
          days before the date of distribution.  The  distribution may
          commence no less than 30 days after the notice required under
          section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
          provided that:

                     (a)the Committee clearly informs the Participant that
          the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
          receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
          to elect a distribution, and

                     (b)the Participant, after receiving the notice,
          affirmatively elects a distribution.


                                           ARTICLE XI
                               IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION AND LOANS

               11.1   Distribution after Attaining Age 59 1/2.  A
          Participant who is still an Employee and has attained age 59 1/2
          shall be entitled to make withdrawal(s) from his Employee-
          Deferral Account, Rollover Account and the vested portion of the
          Participant's Employer Contribution Account by notifying the
          Committee.

               11.2   Financial Hardship.  Prior to a Participant's
          termination of employment or age 59 1/2 he may apply to the
          Committee for a withdrawal of funds held in his Rollover
          Contribution Account and Employee-Deferral Account on account of
          a Financial Hardship.  The total of such withdrawals from a
          Participant's Employee-Deferral Account shall not exceed the
<PAGE>
          total of his Employee-Deferral Contributions.  The withdrawal
          shall be made only under the following conditions:

                     (a)The withdrawal may be made only to meet one of the
          following needs:

                          (i)Medical expenses described in Code Section
          213(d), incurred by the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or
          any dependent (as defined in Code Section 152) of the
          Participant;

                          (ii)Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
          principal residence for the Participant;

                          (iii)Payment for all or a portion of the next
          twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the
          Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents;

                          (iv)To prevent the eviction of the Participant
          from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of
          the Participant's principal residence; or

                          (v)Any other need permitted under Code Section
          401(k) and the regulations issued thereunder and authorized by
          the Committee.

                     (b)The Participant provides to the Committee a letter
          containing the following:

                          (i)A statement of the amount needed and the
          purpose for which it is needed;

                          (ii)A representation that the expense will not be
          paid for by insurance or other source specific to the expense,
          that the Participant and his spouse (and the Participant's minor
          child, if the expense is for the child's benefit) have no assets
          he can liquidate to pay for the expense without creating a new
          hardship, and that ceasing Employee Deferrals will not suffice to
          satisfy the needs;

                          (iii)A representation that the Participant has not
          been able to borrow from commercial sources on reasonable
          commercial terms in an amount sufficient to satisfy the need; and

                          (iv)A promise that the funds will be used only for
          the specified purpose.

                     (c)The withdrawal cannot exceed the amount necessary
          to satisfy the need described at paragraph (a), plus any amounts
          necessary to pay federal or state income taxes or penalties
          reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution.

                     (d)The Participant has obtained all distributions,
          other than hardship distributions, and all non-taxable loans
          currently available under all "plans" (as contemplated by U.S.
          Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)), maintained by
          the Employer.

                     (e)The Participant shall not be allowed to make
<PAGE>
          Employee-Deferral Contributions until the Entry Date next
          following the 12-month anniversary of the withdrawal.

                     (f)The Participant's limit on Employee-Deferral
          Contributions in the year immediately following the year of the
          withdrawal shall be the limit under Section 3.4 for that year,
          less the amount of the Participant's Employee-Deferral
          Contributions made in the year of the hardship withdrawal.
               11.3   Loans to Participant.  A Participant who is an
          Employee may make a loan from the Plan, subject to the following
          rules and limitations:

                     (a)The total amount of a Participant's loan when added
          to the outstanding balance of all the Participant's prior loans
          from the Plan during the one year period ending the day before
          the loan is made shall not exceed $50,000, nor shall the total
          amount of the loan when added to the outstanding balance of the
          Participant's loans under the Plan exceed one-half the
          Participant's Vested Interest under the Plan.  Amounts set aside
          for an alternate payee shall not be included.  The Plan
          Administrator can establish uniform nondiscriminatory policies
          further limiting the amount or frequency of Employee loans.

                     (b)Each loan shall be deemed an investment of the
          account of the Participant receiving the loan.  Loan
          disbursements shall be pro rated across all funds.

                     (c)Each loan shall bear a reasonable rate of interest
          as determined by the Trustee.

                     (d)A Participant can have no more than two (2) loans
          outstanding at anytime if a Participant makes a final payment on
          one of two outstanding loans, a new loan can be obtained after a
          30-day delay following that final payment.

                     (e)Each loan may not be less than $1,000.

                     (f)The Plan Administrator shall provide each loan
          applicant with a clear statement of the charges with respect to
          each loan transaction.  Such statement shall include the dollar
          amount and annual interest rate or the finance charge.

                     (g)The term of a loan shall be determined by the
          Participant but shall not be less than 12 months or exceed five
          years.

                     (h)A loan made pursuant to this Article XI shall be
          repaid in accordance with a schedule established by the Committee
          which schedule shall call for payments of interest and amortized
          payments of principal over the term of the loan.

                     (i)Each loan shall be evidenced by the Participant's
          promissory note for the amount of the loan, including interest,
          payable to the order of the Trust, and each loan shall be secured
          by collateral.  The collateral shall consist of the assignment of
          the Participant's right, title and interest in the Participant's
          Vested Interest in the Trust.

                     (j)During paid employment each loan shall be repaid by
<PAGE>
          withholding from the Participant's pay.  Upon termination of
          employment, the Participant has 90 days to pay the loan in full.
          If the Participant terminates employment and receives an
          immediate lump sum distribution, any promissory note held by the
          Plan for his account shall be distributed to him.  While on an
          unpaid leave, the Participant shall pay to the Trustee all
          amounts due on the repayment frequency on which the loan is
          amortized.  Payments must be made by certified or bank check.
          Except as provided in this Paragraph, the failure to make timely
          payment of any one payment causes the full amount of the note to
          become due, and if permitted by law the note shall be distributed
          to the Participant.

                     (k)Repayments shall be credited to the Participant's
          accounts out of which the loan was made, and allocated among the
          Investment Funds pursuant to the Participant's most recent
          allocation election.


                                          ARTICLE XII
                                         ADMINISTRATION

               12.1   Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall have
          the following duties and responsibilities in connection with the
          administration of the Plan:

                     (a)making decisions with respect to contributions to
          the Plan;

                     (b)making decisions with respect to amending or
          terminating the Plan;

                     (c)making decisions with respect to the selection,
          retention and removal of the Trustee and the members of the
          Committee;

                     (d)periodically reviewing the performance of the
          Trustee and the members of the Committee; and

                     (e)performing such additional duties as are imposed by
          law.

               The Board of Directors will have all powers and authority
          necessary or appropriate to carry out its duties and
          responsibilities with respect to the administration of the Plan.
          The Board of Directors may by written resolution allocate its
          duties and responsibilities to one or more of its members or
          delegate such duties and responsibilities to any other persons,
          provided, however, that any such allocation or delegation shall
          be terminable upon such notice as the Board of Directors deems
          reasonable and prudent under the circumstances.

               12.2   401(k) Administrative Committee.  The 401(k)
          Administrative Committee (the "Committee") shall administer the
          Plan and is designated as the "administrator" within the meaning
          of Section 3(16) of ERISA.  The Committee shall have not less
          than three nor more than five members, who shall be appointed by
<PAGE>
          the Board of Directors and who may be removed by the Board of
          Directors at any time with or without cause.  A Committee member
          may resign at any time by filing his written resignation with the
          Board of Directors.

               All members of the Committee are designated as agents of the
          Plan for the service of legal process.

               The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of each
          Committee member's appointment, and the Trustee may assume such
          appointment continues in effect until written notice to the
          contrary is given by the Company.
               12.3   Committee's Duties and Responsibilities.  The
          Committee shall have the following duties and responsibilities in
          connection with the administration of the Plan:

                     (a)interpreting and construing the provisions of the
          Plan;

                     (b)determining all questions of eligibility to
          participate, eligibility for benefits, the allocation of
          contributions, and the status and rights of Participants,
          Beneficiaries and alternate payees;

                     (c)complying with the reporting and disclosure
          requirements established by ERISA;

                     (d)determining and deciding any dispute arising under
          the Plan and administering the Plan's claims procedures;

                     (e)directing the Trustee concerning all payments to be
          made out of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the
          Plan;

                     (f)establishing procedures for withholding of federal
          income tax from distributions;

                     (g)establishing procedures to prevent the Plan from
          engaging in transactions described in Section 406 of ERISA and
          transactions described in Section 4975(c) of the Code;

                     (h)establishing equitable accounting methods and
          designating additional Valuation Dates;

                     (i)communicating with Participants, Beneficiaries and
          alternate payee;

                     (j)reviewing the investment performance of the
          Trustee;

                     (k)reviewing the performance of any advisors appointed
          by the Committee;

                     (l)selecting and reviewing selected investment funds;

                     (m)making recommendations to the Board of Directors
          with respect to the amendment or termination of the Plan; and

                     (n)keeping minutes to record its proceedings, acts and
          decisions pertaining to the administration of the Plan.
<PAGE>
               12.4   Committee's Powers.  The Committee will have all
          powers and authority necessary or appropriate to carry out its
          duties and responsibilities with respect to the operation and
          administration of the Plan.  It shall interpret and apply all
          provisions of the Plan and may supply any omission or reconcile
          any inconsistency or ambiguity in such manner as it deems
          advisable, including the adoption of interpretative memoranda.
          All determinations and any actions of the Committee will be
          conclusive and binding upon all persons, except as otherwise
          provided herein or by law; provided, however, that the Committee
          may revoke or modify a determination or action previously made in
          error.  The Committee shall exercise all powers and authority
          given to it in a nondiscriminatory manner, and will apply uniform
          administrative rules of general application in order to assure
          similar treatment to persons in similar circumstances.

               The Committee may delegate to any such agent or any sub-
          committee or member of the Committee its authority to perform any
          duty or responsibility specified in Section 12.3, including those
          matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that such
          delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at the
          discretion of the Committee.  Any member of the Committee, any
          sub-committee or agent to whom the Committee delegates any
          authority, and any other person or group of persons, may serve in
          more than one fiduciary capacity (including service as both
          Committee member and Trustee) with respect to the Plan.

               Any action or decision concurred in by a majority of the
          Committee members, either at a meeting or in writing without a
          meeting, will constitute an action or decision of the Committee.
          The Committee may adopt and amend such rules for the conduct of
          its business and administration of the Plan as it deems
          advisable.

               12.5   Chairman of the Committee.  The Committee shall elect
          any Committee member to serve as Chairman, and may remove him at
          any time.  The Chairman, or a majority of the Committee members
          then in office, will have the authority to execute all
          instruments or memoranda necessary or appropriate to carry out
          the actions and decisions of the Committee; and any person may
          rely upon any instrument or memoranda so executed as evidence of
          the Committee's action or decision indicated thereby.

               12.6   Claims Review Procedure.  If a Participant
          (Beneficiary or alternate payee) believes a benefit or
          distribution is due under the Plan, he may request the
          distribution of such benefit, in writing, on forms acceptable to
          the Committee.  At such time, the Participant (or Beneficiary)
          will be given the information and materials necessary to complete
          any request for the distribution of a benefit.

               If the request for distribution is disputed or denied, the
          following action shall be taken:

                     (a)First, the Participant (or Beneficiary) will be
          notified, in writing, of the dispute or denial as soon as
          possible (but no later than 90 days) after receipt of the request
          for a distribution. The notice will set forth the specific
          reasons for the denial, including any relevant provisions of the
<PAGE>
          Plan.  The notice will also explain the claims review procedure
          of the Plan.

                     (b)Second, the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be
          entitled to a full review of his request for a distribution.  A
          Participant (or Beneficiary) desiring a review of the dispute or
          denial must request such a review, in writing, no later than 60
          days after notification of the dispute or denial is received.
          During the review, the Participant (or Beneficiary) may be
          represented and will have the right to inspect all documents
          pertaining to the dispute or denial. Any such review may include
          a hearing for the Participant or his designated representative.

                     (c)The Committee shall render its decision within 60
          days after receipt of the request for the review.  In the event
          special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee
          shall notify the Participant (or Beneficiary), and the decision
          will be rendered no later than 120 days after the receipt of the
          request.  The decision of the Committee shall be in writing.  The
          decision shall include specific reasons for the action taken and
          specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision
          is based.

               12.7   Information from Participants, Beneficiaries and
          Alternate Payees.  Each Participant, Beneficiary and alternate
          payee shall be required to furnish to the Committee, in the form
          prescribed by it, such personal data, affidavits, authorization
          to obtain information, and other information as the Committee may
          deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan.

               12.8   Actions.  Any action taken by the Plan Administrator
          or Committee on matters within its discretion shall be final and
          binding on the parties and on all Participants, Beneficiaries or
          other persons claiming any right or benefit under the Plan, in
          the Trust, or in the administration of the Plan.

               All decisions of the Plan Administrator or Committee shall
          be uniform and made in a nondiscriminatory manner.

               12.9   Bond.  The Company shall purchase a bond for the Plan
          Administrator or Committee and any other fiduciaries of the Plan
          in accordance with the requirements of the Code and ERISA.

               12.10  Indemnification.  The Company shall defend and
          indemnify to the full extent permitted by law (including ERISA),
          which indemnification shall include, but not be limited to,
          attorney's fees and any tax imposed as a result of a claim
          asserted by any person, persons or entity (including a
          governmental entity), any individual serving as a member of the
          Committee made or threatened to be made a part to any action,
          suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or
          investigative, by reason of the fact that such individual is or
          was a member of the Committee.


                                          ARTICLE XIII
                                     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

               13.1  Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions.  Subject to
<PAGE>
          the provisions of Section 13.3, the Board of Directors reserves
          the right to amend the Plan or Trust or suspend contributions to
          the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and for any reason
          without the consent of any Participating Employer, Participant,
          Beneficiary, or alternate payee.  Each amendment of the Plan
          shall be in writing, executed by order of the Board of Directors
          and shall be effective on the date specified therein.  Notice of
          any amendment, modification or suspension of contributions to the
          Plan shall be given by the Board of Directors to the Committee,
          the Trustee, and to all Participating Employers.

               13.2  Amendment by Committee.  Notwithstanding Section 13.1
          the Committee may adopt any amendment which may be necessary or
          appropriate to facilitate the administration, management and
          interpretation of the Plan or to conform the Plan thereto, or to
          qualify or maintain the Plan and Trust as a plan and trust
          meeting the requirements of Sections 401(a), 501(a), 401(k) and
          401(m) of the Code or any other applicable section of law and the
          Regulations issued thereunder, provided said amendment does not
          have any material effect on the currently estimated cost to the
          Employer maintaining the Plan.  Such amendment shall be in
          writing, executed by a majority of the Committee members and
          shall be effective on the date specified therein.  Notice of any
          amendment by the Committee shall be given to the Board of
          Directors, the Trustee and to all Participating Employers within
          a reasonable time.

               13.3   Restriction on Amendment.  No amendment under Sections
          13.1 or 13.2 shall:

                     (a)authorize or permit any part of the Plan assets
          (other than such part as is required to pay taxes, if any, and
          administrative expenses as provided in Section 16.16) to be used
          for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit
          of the Participants and that Beneficiaries and alternate payees
          under the Plan prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities of
          the Plan; and

                     (b)deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable right
          to benefits accrued as of the date of such amendment.  If the
          vesting schedule of the Plan is amended in such a way that an
          Employee might in any Plan Year have less vesting credit under
          the new schedule than under the schedule prior to the amendment,
          each Employee with at least three Years of Service may elect to
          have his nonforfeitable percentage computed without regard to
          such amendment.  The period during which such election may be
          made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and
          shall end on the later of (i) sixty days after the amendment is
          adopted, (ii) sixty days after the amendment becomes effective,
          or (iii) sixty days after the Employee or Participant is provided
          with written notice of the amendment.

               13.4   Retroactivity.  Any amendment or modification of any
          provisions of the Plan may be made retroactively if necessary or
          appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan or the Trust as a
          plan and trust meeting the requirements of Section 401(a),
          501(a), 401(k), or 401(m) of the Code or any other applicable
          section of law (including ERISA) and the Regulations issued
          thereunder.
<PAGE>
               13.5   Merger.  The Plan may be merged or consolidated with,
          or its assets and liabilities may be transferred to any other
          plan only if the benefits which would be received by a
          Participant in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately
          after such transfer, merger or consolidation are at least equal
          to the benefit such Participant would have received if the Plan
          had terminated immediately prior to the transfer, merger or
          consolidation.


                                          ARTICLE XIV
                                    TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

               14.1  Events Constituting Termination.  It is expressly
          declared to be the desire and intention of each Participating
          Employer to continue the Plan in existence for an indefinite
          period of time.  However, circumstances not now anticipated or
          foreseeable may arise in the future, as a result of which a
          Participating Employer may deem it impractical or unwise to
          continue the Plan established hereunder, and each Participating
          Employer therefore reserves the right to terminate the Plan at
          any time insofar as it affects its Employees.  Any Participating
          Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by action of
          its board of directors.  Such termination shall be evidenced by
          an instrument of termination executed by an officer of the
          Participating Employer pursuant to authorization by its board of
          directors and shall be delivered to the Board of Directors, the
          Committee and to each other Participating Employer.  To the
          maximum extent permitted by ERISA, the termination of the Plan as
          to any Participating Employer shall not in any way affect any
          other Participating Employer's participation in the Plan.

               With respect to any Participating Employer which has adopted
          the Plan, its adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency by any
          court of competent jurisdiction, its making of a general
          assignment for the benefit of creditors, its dissolution, merger,
          consolidation, other reorganization or discontinuance of
          business, unless coverage for its Employees under the Plan is
          continued by a successor company, or its complete discontinuance
          of contributions, shall operate to terminate the Plan with
          respect to such Participating Employer.

               The Committee may require any Participating Employer to
          withdraw from the Plan for failure of the Participating Employer
          to make proper contributions or to comply with any other
          provision of the Plan.

               14.2   Partial Termination.  Upon the withdrawal of one or
          more Participating Employers or upon the termination of active
          participation of a group of Employees, the Committee shall
          determine, upon the advice of counsel to the Plan and under
          applicable law, whether a partial termination has occurred with
          respect to a group of Participants.

               14.3   Disposition of Accounts After a Termination.  Upon
          termination or partial termination of the Plan or upon complete
          discontinuance of contributions, the Accounts of all affected
          Participants shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  Upon
          the termination or partial termination or upon complete
<PAGE>
          discontinuance of contributions, the Committee shall continue to
          administer the Plan, the Trustee shall continue to administer the
          Trust Fund, and all payments to Participants shall continue in
          accordance with the provisions of Article X; provided, however,
          that in the event of a partial termination the Committee may
          direct the Trustee to segregate the assets attributable to the
          Accounts of the affected Participants and apply such segregated
          assets for the benefit of such Participants.

               After a Plan termination, the assets of the Plan shall be
          distributed to the Participants (and others for whose benefits
          accounts are then maintained) at such time as the Committee
          determines.  No distribution shall be made of Employee-Deferral
          Account balances as a result of a termination of the Plan unless
          the Plan is terminated without the establishment or maintenance
          of another defined contribution plan, as provided in Code
          Sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(II) and 401(k)(10)(A)(i).

               Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, upon or after the
          termination of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have the
          power to terminate the Trust.

               14.4   Internal Revenue Service Approval for Distribution.
          In the event that the Committee applies to the Internal Revenue
          Service for a determination that the termination of the Plan does
          not disqualify it, no person shall have any right or claim to any
          assets of the Trust Fund before the Internal Revenue Service
          shall determine that the Plan is qualified through the proposed
          distribution of assets under this Article XIV.

                                           ARTICLE XV
                                 STAND-BY TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

               15.1   Top Heavy Plan.  The Plan will be considered a Top
          Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to be a Top
          Heavy Plan as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
          Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan, the provisions
          of this Article XV shall apply and supersede all other provisions
          in the Plan with respect to a Plan Year for which the Plan is a
          Top Heavy Plan.

               15.2   Definitions.  For purposes of this Article XV and as
          otherwise used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the
          meanings set forth below:

                     (a)"Aggregation Group" shall mean the group composed
          of each qualified retirement plan of a Participating Employer or
          an Affiliated Company in which a Key Employee is a Participant
          and each other qualified retirement plan of a Participating
          Employer or an Affiliated Company which enables a plan of a
          Participating Employer or an Affiliated Company in which a Key
          Employee is a Participant to satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of
          the Code.  In addition, the Company may choose to treat any other
          qualified retirement plan as a member of the Aggregation Group if
          such Aggregation Group will continue to satisfy Sections
          401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan being taken into
          account.

                     (b)"Key Employee" shall mean a "Key Employee" as
<PAGE>
          defined in Section 416(i)(1) and (5) of the Code or Regulations.
          For purposes of determining which employee is a Key Employee,
          compensation shall mean "compensation" as defined in Section
          1.415-2(d) of the Regulations but including employer
          contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction arrangement.

                     (c)This Plan shall be a "Top Heavy Plan" for any Plan
          Year if, as of the Determination Date (as defined in paragraph
          (d) below), the aggregate of the Accounts under the Plan for
          Participants who are Key Employees (as defined in paragraph (b),
          above) exceeds 60% of the aggregate of the Accounts of all
          Participants or if this Plan is required to be in an Aggregation
          Group (as defined in paragraph (a), above) which for such Plan
          Year is a top-heavy group.

                     (d)"Determination Date" means for any Plan Year the
          last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

               15.3   Vesting.  If the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan with respect
          to any Plan Year, the Vested Interest of each Participant who has
          performed one Hour of Service on or after the date the Plan
          becomes a Top Heavy Plan shall not be less than the percentage
          determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                    Years of Service          Vested Interest
                                                                              
                    Less than 2 years               0%
                    2 years but less than 3        20%
                    3 years but less than 4        40%
                    4 years but less than 5	   60%
                    5 years but less than 6	   80%
                    6 years or more		  100%

               15.4   Minimum Contribution.  For each Plan Year that the
          Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the Employer Contribution (including
          forfeitures but excluding rollovers pursuant to Section 3.8)
          allocable to the Accounts of each Participant who has performed
          an Hour of Service at the end of the Plan Year and who is not a
          Key Employee, shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of such
          Participant's compensation, within the meaning of Section 415 of
          the Code, or (ii) the percentage at which contributions and
          forfeitures for such Plan Year are made and allocated on behalf
          of the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest.
          Such allocation shall be made for each Participant who is not a
          Key Employee and who is employed by the Employer through the last
          payroll period ending within the Plan Year.  For the purpose of
          determining the appropriate percentage under clause (i), all
          defined contribution plans required to be included in an
          Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan.  Clause (ii)
          shall not be applicable if the Plan is required to be included in
          an Aggregation Group which enables a defined benefit plan also
          required to be included in said Aggregation Group to satisfy
          Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.  Compensation, for
<PAGE>
          purposes of determining a minimum contribution, is Section 415
          Compensation.

               15.5   Limitations on Contributions.  For each Plan Year that
          the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25
          as the multiplicand of the dollar limitation in determining the
          denominator of the defined benefit plan fraction and of the
          defined contribution plan fraction for purposes of Section 415(e)
          of the Code.  If, after substituting 90 percent for 60 percent
          wherever the latter appears in Section 416(g) of the Code, the
          Plan is not determined to be a Top Heavy Plan, the provisions of
          this Section 15.5 shall not be applicable if the minimum Employer
          Contribution (including forfeitures) allocable to the Accounts of
          any Participant who is not a Key Employee is determined by
          substituting "4" for "3".  If the Participant is a participant in
          both a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit plan, the
          benefit from the defined contribution plan minimum shall be
          comparable to a 3% defined benefit plan benefit.

               15.6   Other Plans.  The Committee shall, to the extent
          permitted by the Code and in accordance with the Regulations,
          apply the provisions of this Article XV by taking into account
          the benefits payable and the contributions made under any other
          plans maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliated
          Company which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to
          prevent inappropriate omissions or required duplication of
          minimum benefits or contributions by making a comparability
          analysis to prove that the defined contribution plan is providing
          a benefit at least equal to the minimum benefit under the defined
          benefit plan.


                                          ARTICLE XVI
                                       GENERAL PROVISIONS

               16.1   Plan Voluntary.  Although it is intended that the Plan
          shall be continued indefinitely, this Plan is entirely voluntary
          on the part of the Participating Employers and the continuance of
          this Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder are not to
          be regarded as contractual obligations of the Participating
          Employers.  The Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract
          between a Participating Employer and any Employee or to be a
          consideration for, or an inducement for, the employment of an
          Employee by an Employer.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall be
          deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the
          service of an Employer or to interfere with the right of an
          Employer to discharge or to terminate the service of any Employee
          at any time without regard to the effects such discharge or
          termination may have on any rights under the Plan.

               16.2   Payments to Minors and Incompetents.  If a
          Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee entitled to receive
          any benefits hereunder is a minor or is deemed by the Committee,
          or is adjudged, to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt
          and discharge for such benefits, such benefits will be paid to
          such person or institution as the Committee may designate or to
          the duly appointed guardian.  Such payment shall, to the extent
          made, be deemed a complete discharge of any liability for such
<PAGE>
          payment under the Plan.

               16.3   Missing Payee.  The Committee shall retain the address
          of each Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee.  Any notice
          sent to the last address filed with the Plan Administrator or for
          the last address indicated on an Employer's records will be
          binding upon a Participant or Beneficiary.

               16.4   Required Information.  Each Participant shall file
          with the Committee such pertinent information concerning himself,
          his spouse and his Beneficiary as the Committee may specify, and
          no Participant, or Beneficiary, or other person shall have any
          rights or be entitled to any benefits under the Plan unless and
          until such information is filed by or with respect to him.

               16.5   Subject to Trust Agreement.  Any and all rights or
          benefits accruing to any persons under the Plan shall be subject
          to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

               16.6   Communications to Committee.  All elections,
          designations, requests, notices, instructions, and other
          communications from an Employee, a Participant, Beneficiary, or
          alternate payee to the Committee required or permitted under the
          Plan (i) shall be in such form as is prescribed from time to time
          by the Committee, (ii) shall be mailed by first-class mail or
          delivered to such location as shall be specified by the
          Committee, and (iii) shall be deemed to have been given and
          delivered only upon actual receipt thereof by the Committee at
          such location.

               16.7   Communications from Employer or Committee.  All
          notices, statements, reports and other communications from an
          Employer or the Committee to any Employee, Participant,
          Beneficiary or alternate payee shall be deemed to have been duly
          given when delivered to, or when mailed by first-class mail,
          postage prepaid and addressed to, such Employee, Participant,
          Beneficiary or alternate payee at his address last appearing on
          the records of the Committee or Company, or when posted by the
          Company or the Committee as permitted by law.

               16.8   Action.  Except as may be specifically provided
          herein, any action required or permitted to be taken by an
          Employer may be taken on behalf of the Employer by any authorized
          officer of the Employer.

               16.9   Liability for Benefits.  Neither the Trustee, the
          Employers, the Committee nor the Plan Administrator guarantee the
          Trust from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee any
          payment to any person.  The liability of the Trustee, the
          Employers, the Committee and the Plan Administrator to make any
          payment is limited to the available assets of the Trust.

               16.10  Named Fiduciary.  The "named fiduciaries" of the Plan
          within the meaning of ERISA Section 403 shall be (a) the
          Employer, (b) the Plan Administrator, (c) the Trustee, and
          (d) the Committee.
<PAGE>
               16.11  Gender.  Whenever used in the Plan the masculine
          gender includes the feminine.

               16.12  Captions.  The captions preceding the sections of the
          Plan have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and in
          no way define or limit the scope or intent of any provisions of
          the Plan.

               16.13  Applicable Law.  The Plan and all rights thereunder
          shall be governed by and construed in accordance with ERISA and
          the laws of the State of Louisiana.

               16.14  Reversion of Employer Contributions.  In no event
          shall the assets of the Plan revert to the benefit of the
          Employer.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
          contrary, however, all contributions by Employers are conditioned
          upon the deductibility of such contribution under Code Section
          404.  To the extent that a deduction is disallowed for an
          Employer's contribution, the Trustee shall return the principal
          amount of such contribution upon the demand of the Employee.  Any
          such demand shall be made within one year following the final
          determination of the disallowance.

               Further, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
          contrary, any contribution which is made by the Employer on
          account of a good faith mistake of fact may be returned to the
          Employer.  The Employer shall notify the Trustee, in writing, of
          such mistake within one year of the contribution.  The Trustee
          shall return the principal amount of the Employer Contribution as
          soon as possible, but in any event within 60 days after written
          notification by the Employer.

               The maximum amount that may be returned to an Employer in
          the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction
          is the excess of (a) the amount contributed, over, as relevant,
          (b)(i) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake
          of fact occurred, or (ii) the amount that would have been
          contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that
          is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue
          Service.  Earnings attributable to the excess contribution may
          not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto
          must reduce the amount to be so returned.  Furthermore, if the
          withdrawal of the amount attributable to the mistaken or
          nondeductible contribution would cause the balance of the
          individual account of any Participant to be reduced to less than
          the balance which would have been in the account had the mistaken
          or nondeductible amount not been contributed, then the amount to
          be returned to the Employer must be limited so as to avoid such
          reduction.

               16.15  Expenses.  All expenses of administration shall be
          paid from the Trust unless paid directly by the Employer.  The
          Employer may reimburse the Trust for any administrative expense
          paid by the Trust; such reimbursement shall not be treated as an
          Employer Contribution under the terms of the Plan.
               EXECUTED in multiple originals in New Orleans, Louisiana,
          effective as of the _____ day of ______________________, 1995.
<PAGE>
          WITNESSES:                         AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                             BY:




                                             AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE INC.

                                             BY:




                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES OF
                                                 NEW YORK, INC.

                                             BY:




                                             AVONDALE SERVICES CORP.

                                             BY:




                                             AVONDALE SHIPYARDS OF TEXAS,
                                                 INC.

                                             BY:




                                             AVONDALE TRANSPORTATION
                                                 COMPANY, INC.

                                             BY:




                                             AVONDALE ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                             BY:




                                         AVONDALE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT,INC.

                                             BY:

<PAGE>
                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Industries, Inc. for the purposes therein set
          forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. for the purposes therein
          set forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Industries of New York, Inc. for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Services Corporation for the purposes therein
          set forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Shipyards of Texas, Inc. for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Transportation Company, Inc. for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Enterprises, Inc. for the purposes therein set
          forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                         ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared _________________________, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free act and deed on
          behalf of Avondale Construction Management, Inc. for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY:


                                             Print Name:


                                             Title:


          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY
          OF _______________, 1995.


               NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>                                              
                                   AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                             401(k)
                                          SAVINGS PLAN

                                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Article                 Contents                   Section

          I.        DEFINITIONS
                      Accounts					1.1
                      Active Participant			1.2
                      Affiliated Company			1.3
                      Beneficiary				1.4
                      Board of Directors			1.5
                      Code					1.6
                      Committee					1.7
                      Company					1.8
                      Compensation				1.9
                        Plan Compensation
                        Section 415 Compensation
                        Total Compensation
                      Disability			       1.10
                      Disability Retirement Date	       1.11
                      Eligible Employee			       1.12
                      Employee				       1.13
                      Employee-Deferral or Employee-Deferral
                        Contribution			       1.14
                      Employee-Deferral Account		       1.15
                      Employee-Deferral Agreement	       1.16
                      Employer				       1.17
                      Employer Contribution		       1.18
                      Employer Contribution Account	       1.19
                      Employer Discretionary Contribution      1.20
                      Entry Date			       1.21
                      ERISA				       1.22
                      Highly Compensated Employee	       1.23
                      Hour of Service			       1.24
                      Matching Contribution		       1.25
                      Non-Highly Compensated Employee	       1.26
                      Non-Participating Employer	       1.27
                      Normal Retirement Date
                        and Normal Retirement Age	       1.28
                      One-Year Break-in-Service	      	       1.29
                      Parental Absence			       1.30
                      Participant			       1.31
                      Participating Employer		       1.32
                      Plan				       1.33
                      Plan Year				       1.34
                      Rollover Contribution Account	       1.35
                      Service Termination Date		       1.36
                      Trust or Trust Agreement		       1.37
                      Trustee				       1.38
                      Trust Fund			       1.39
                      Valuation Date			       1.40
                      Vested Interest			       1.41
                      Year of Service			       1.42
<PAGE>
          II.       PARTICIPATION
                      Commencement of Participation		2.1
                      Termination of Participation		2.2
                      Participation Following Reemployment	2.3

          III.      EMPLOYEE-DEFERRALS
          	      Employee-Deferrals			3.1
                      Delivery of Employee-Deferral
                        Contributions				3.2
                      Changes in and Discontinuance of
                        Employee-Deferrals			3.3
                      Dollar Limitation				3.4
                      Return of Excess Deferral Amounts		3.5
                      Non-Discrimination Rules			3.6
                      Return of Excess Contributions		3.7
                      Rollover Contributions			3.8

          IV.       MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
                      Matching Contributions			4.1
                      Forfeitures				4.2
                      Delivery of Contributions			4.3
                      Adjustments if Employee-Deferral
                        Contributions Adjusted			4.4
                      Discrimination				
                        Test-Matching Contributions		4.5
                      Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified
                        Nonelective Contributions		4.6

          V.        EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
                      Employer Discretionary Contributions	5.1
                      Allocation of Employer Discretionary
                        Contributions				5.2
                      Top-Heavy Contributions			5.3

          VI.       VESTING
                      Employee-Deferral Account			6.1
                      Rollover Contribution Account		6.2
                      Employer Contribution Account		6.3
                      Forfeitures				6.4
                      Reemployment Before Break in Service	6.5
                      Reemployment After Break in Service	6.6

          VII.      ALLOCATIONS
                      Allocation of Contributions		7.1
                      Definitions				7.2
                      Annual Additions				7.3
                      Limitation for Other Defined
                        Contribution Plans			7.4
                      Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan	7.5
          VIII.     TRUST FUND
                      Plan Assets				8.1
                      Separate Accounts				8.2
                      Valuation					8.3
                      Investment Funds				8.4
                      Investment of Contributions		8.5
                      Transfer of Amounts Among
                        Investment Funds			8.6
                      Liability for Investment Decisions	8.7
                      Accounting Procedures			8.8
<PAGE>
          IX.       BENEFITS
                      Normal Retirement Date			9.1
                      Disability Retirement Date		9.2
                      Nonalienation of Benefits			9.3
                      Qualified Domestic Relations Order	9.4

          X.        PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
                      Time of Payment			       10.1
                      Death Benefit			       10.2
                      Form of Distribution		       10.3
                      Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits	       10.4
                      Direct Rollover Rules		       10.5
                      Notice				       10.6

          XI.       IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION AND LOANS
                      Distribution after Attaining
                        Age 59 1/2			       11.1
                      Financial Hardship		       11.2
                      Loans to Participant		       11.3

          XII.      ADMINISTRATION
                      Board of Directors		       12.1
                      401(k) Administrative Committee	       12.2
                      Committee's Duties and Responsibilities  12.3
                      Committee's Powers		       12.4
                      Chairman of the Committee		       12.5
                      Claims Review Procedure		       12.6
                      Information from Participants
                        Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees     12.7
                      Actions				       12.8
                      Bond				       12.9
                      Indemnification			      12.10

          XIII.     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
                      Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions  13.1
                      Amendment by Committee		       13.2
                      Restriction on Amendment		       13.3
                      Retroactivity			       13.4
                      Merger				       13.5

          XIV.      TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
                      Events Constituting Termination	       14.1
                      Partial Termination		       14.2
                      Disposition of Accounts After a
                        Termination			       14.3
                      Internal Revenue Service Approval
                        for Distribution		       14.4

          XV.       STAND-BY TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
                      Top Heavy Plan			       15.1
                      Definitions			       15.2
                      Vesting				       15.3
                      Minimum Contribution		       15.4
                      Limitation on Contributions	       15.5
                      Other Plans			       15.6

          XVI.      GENERAL PROVISIONS
                      Plan Voluntary			       16.1
                      Payments to Minors and Incompetents      16.2
                      Missing Payee			       16.3
<PAGE>
                      Required Information		       16.4
                      Subject to Trust Agreement	       16.5
                      Communications to Committee	       16.6
                      Communications from Employer or
                        Committee			       16.7
                      Action				       16.8
                      Liability for Benefits		       16.9
                      Named Fiduciary			      16.10
                      Gender				      16.11
                      Captions				      16.12
                      Applicable Law			      16.13
                      Reversion of Employer Contributions     16.14	
                      Expenses				      16.15
                                              

          THIRD AMENDMENT, WAIVER AND CONSENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS THIRD AMENDMENT, WAIVER AND CONSENT TO REVOLVING
          CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is entered into as of May 10,
          1995, by and among AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Louisiana
          corporation (the "Company"), the various financial institutions
          signatory hereto (collectively, the "Banks," and, individually, a
          "Bank"), and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
          ASSOCIATION, as LC Issuer and as successor agent to BANK OF
          AMERICA ILLINOIS (successor-in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK), as
          agent for the Banks (the "Agent").  Words and phrases having
          defined meanings in the Credit Agreement referred to below shall
          have the same respective meanings when used herein, unless
          otherwise expressly defined herein.

                                     WITNESSETH:

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a
          Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 1994 as amended
          by that certain First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement dated as of May 31, 1994 and that certain Second
          Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 9,
          1995 (collectively, the "Existing Agreement" and as amended by
          this Amendment, the "Credit Agreement"), relating to a revolving
          credit facility in an amount not to exceed $35,000,000 for the
          Company's ongoing working capital and general corporate needs;

                    WHEREAS, the Company, the Banks and the Agent desire
          (i) to amend and waive certain provisions of the Existing
          Agreement to permit the Company to extend certain financial
          accommodations to or for the benefit of American Heavy Lift
          Shipping Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("American Heavy
          Lift") in connection with the Company's construction of four (4)
          product tankers to be flagged under the United States flag for
          use in the United States coastwise trade and that comply with the
          requirements of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (collectively, the
          "AHL Tankers") and (ii) to increase the amount of the revolving
          credit facility to $42,500,000, in each case, on the terms and
          conditions set forth herein; and

                    WHEREAS, Bank of America National Trust and Savings
          Association has succeeded to the rights and duties of the Agent
          under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Agent and the
          Agent has delivered to the Banks an Extension Notice in which the
          Company requested that the Expiration Date of the Existing
          Agreement be extended for one additional year;

                    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
          mutual agreements set forth herein and for other consideration
          the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
          parties hereto agree as follows;
                    1.   Amendments to the Existing Agreement.  Subject to
<PAGE>
          and conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Existing Agreement
          is hereby amended as follows:

                    (a)  The definition of "LC Issuer" is hereby amended to
          delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to insert the
          following therefor:

                         "LC Issuer" shall mean Bank of America Illinois
               and/or Bank of America National Trust and Savings
               Association in its individual capacity and not as Agent and,
               with the consent of the Agent, the Company and Bank of
               America National Trust and Savings Association, any Bank.
               With respect to Letters of Credit issued by the LC Issuer,
               the LC Issuer shall have the benefits of each provision of
               this Agreement as if it were a Bank, and provisions of this
               Agreement and the other Loan Documents which are for "the
               benefit of the Banks" shall also be for the benefit of the
               LC Issuer.  If there shall be more than one LC Issuer at any
               time, to the extent relevant, the term "LC Issuer" shall
               mean both LC Issuers.

                    (b)  The definition of "Line of Credit" is hereby
          amended to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

                         "Line of Credit" shall mean the aggregate
               revolving credit line extended by the Banks to the Company
               for Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to and in
               accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in the amount
               of $42,500,000.00 as such amount may be reduced from time to
               time in accordance with Section 2.5 or Section VIII.

                    (c) Section 2.2(a) is hereby amended to delete the
          terms thereof in their entirety and to insert the following
          therefor:

               The Loans made by each Bank pursuant hereto shall be
               evidenced by a promissory note of the Company substantially
               in the form of Exhibit J (as amended, supplemented, amended
               and restated, or otherwise modified, each a "Revolving Note"
               and collectively the "Revolving Notes"), made payable to the
               order of such Bank in a principal amount equal to such
               Bank's Commitment as of the Effective Date (or such other
               amount as may otherwise be relevant as a result of any
               assignments permitted by this Agreement).

                    (d)  Section 10.2 is hereby amended to delete the terms
          of the first sentence of the second paragraph thereof in its
          entirety and to insert the following therfor:

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any
               Bank or the LC Issuer, the Agent, upon the request of the
               Company, shall release its Lien, or enter into intercreditor
               and/or subordination agreements with lenders to the
               Company's and any Subsidiary Guarantor's customers
               subordinating the Agent's Lien, on certain Inventory which
               shall constitute or form a part of work-in-process with
<PAGE>
               respect to which both title thereto has passed to customers
               of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the
               terms of the applicable contract with such customers and for
               which an Account has arisen (whether or not such Account has
               been billed).

                    (e)  Schedule I is hereby amended to delete the terms
          thereof in their entirety and to insert Exhibit A attached hereto
          therefor.

                    2.   Waiver Relating to American Heavy Lift Contract.
          Subject to and conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the
          conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, and effective
          as of the date of this Amendment, the Required Banks hereby (i)
          waive the provisions of Sections 7.3 and 7.13 of the Existing
          Agreement to the extent, and solely to the extent, necessary to
          permit the Company to extend financial accommodations to American
          Heavy Lift (in the form of a guarantee) in connection with the
          Company's construction of the AHL Tankers in an aggregate
          principal amount not to exceed $6,000,000 for all such extensions
          and (ii) waive the provisions of Section 7.9 of the Existing
          Agreement to permit the Company to purchase the sterns of the AHL
          Tankers for consideration not to exceed $20,000,000 in the
          aggregate, which sterns shall be simultaneously resold to
          American Heavy Lift for consideration in the same amount and of
          the same type as that paid by the Company therefor.  The
          documentation pursuant to which such extensions of credit are
          made and governed shall be substantially in the form of that
          documentation delivered to each of the Banks prior to the date of
          this Amendment, with any material changes thereto requiring the
          further consent of the Required Banks.

                    3.  Acknowledgment Relating to Existing DOL Letter of
          Credit.  Each of the Banks hereby acknowledges that Bank of
          America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA") and Bank
          of America Illinois ("BAI") in their respective capacities as LC
          Issuers are contemplating the substitution of the current
          $20,000,000 Letter of Credit issued by BAI in favor of the United
          States Department of Labor (the "DOL") (the "BAI Letter of
          Credit") with a $20,000,000 Letter of Credit issued by BofA in
          favor of the DOL (the "BofA Letter of Credit").  In order to
          facilitate such exchange the BofA Letter of Credit will be
          delivered to the DOL prior to the surrender of the BAI Letter of
          Credit to BAI.  Each of the Banks acknowledges and agrees that it
          shall continue to have a participation interest in both the BAI
          Letter of Credit and the BofA Letter of Credit notwithstanding
          the limitations on their respective commitments set forth in the
          Credit Agreement.  Upon BAI's actual receipt of the  BAI Letter
          of Credit the BAI Letter of Credit shall be cancelled and the
          Agent shall notify each of the Banks of such cancellation.

                    4.   Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of
          Amendments, Waiver and Consent.  The amendments and modifications
          set forth in Section 1 hereof and the waivers and consents set
          forth in Sections 2 hereof shall become effective upon, and are
          expressly conditioned upon, the fulfillment of each of the
          following conditions precedent on or prior to June 1, 1995:
<PAGE>
                    (a)  Amendment.  The Agent shall have received this
          Amendment, duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer
          of the Company and each of the Banks.

                    (b)  Subsidiary Guarantor Consent.  The Agent shall
          have received (with a copy for each of the other Banks) from each
          of the Subsidiary Guarantors a reaffirmation of the Subsidiary
          Guarantee executed by it.

                    (c)  Material Adverse Change.  In the opinion of the
          Banks (as evidenced by their execution of this Amendment), no
          event or condition shall have occurred or exist which could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (d)  MARAD Approval.  The Agent shall have received
          copies of MARAD documentation approving the increase in the Line
          of Credit and the amendment to the 900 Foot Floating Drydock
          Mortgage reflecting such increase.

                    (e)  Legal Opinion.  The Agent shall have received the
          favorable opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere
          & Denegre, Louisiana counsel to the Company, addressed to the
          Agent, the LC Issuer and the Banks in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

                    (f)  Revised Revolving Notes.  The Agent shall have
          received an Amended and Restated Revolving Note (or an amendment
          to the existing Revolving Notes) for each of the Banks evidencing
          the increase in each Bank's Commitment as contemplated by this
          Amendment.

                    (g)  Fee.  The Agent shall have received a fee equal to
          0.25% of the $7,500,000 increase in the Line of Credit (which fee
          shall be paid to the Banks (including Bank of America Illinois as
          a Bank) pro rata based upon the respective increases in their
          Commitments), and an amendment processing fee for its own account
          pursuant to a separate letter agreement with the Company.

                    (h)  American Heavy Lift Documentation.  The Agent
          shall have received copies of all documentation relating to
          American Heavy Lift's issuance of bonds guaranteed by MARAD and
          the Company's related guarantees and such documents shall be in
          form and substance satisfactory to Agent and its counsel.

                    (i)  Extension Documentation.  The Agent shall have
          received a duly executed Consent Notice satisfactory to Agent
          from each of the Banks agreeing to extend the Expiration Date for
          one additional year (to May 10, 1997).

                    (j)  Other Documents.  The Agent shall have received
          such other documents, instruments and agreements as it shall have
          reasonably requested in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by this Amendment.

                    5.   Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  In
          order to induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this
          Amendment, the Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants
          to the Agent and the Banks as follows:
<PAGE>
                         (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by
               the Company of this Amendment (i) are within the Company's
               corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
               necessary corporate action, (iii) require no action by or in
               respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or
               official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default
               under, any provision of any applicable law, statute,
               ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
               restriction or of the Certificate or Articles of
               Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, (v) do not
               contravene, or constitute a default under, any agreement,
               judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture, contract,
               lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Company
               is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are
               bound and (vi) will not result in the creation or imposition
               of any Lien upon any asset of the Company under any existing
               indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement
               or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
               party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound or
               affected.

                         (b)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement are
               the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, and
               are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
               terms.

                         (c)  The representations and warranties contained
               in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
               true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
               date hereof as though made on the date hereof, except to the
               extent that such representations expressly relate solely to
               an earlier date (in which case such representations and
               warranties were true and accurate on and as of such earlier
               date).

                         (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred
               and is continuing.

                         (e)  On or prior to May 31, 1995 the Company shall
               cause to be delivered to the Agent the favorable opinion of
               Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere & Denegre,
               Louisiana counsel to the Company, addressed to the Agent,
               the LC Issuer and the Banks in form and substance
               satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel with respect to
               the amendment to the 900 Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage
               reflecting the increase in the Commitments contemplated by
               this Amendment.

                         (f)  The Company will not, without the prior
               written consent of the Required Banks, amend or otherwise
               modify (or agree to amend or otherwise modify) any provision
               of (i) those certain Credit Support Agreements, dated on or
               about the date hereof, by and between the Company and
               American Heavy Lift or (ii) any promissory notes, mortgages,
               security agreements or similar instruments or agreements
               executed pursuant to or in connection with such Credit
               Support Agreements.

                    6.   Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.
<PAGE>
          Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
          Existing Agreement to "the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
          "herein", or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference
          to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby and each reference to
          the Existing Agreement in any other Loan Document shall mean and
          be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                    7.   Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Company hereby
          reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Banks that, except as
          modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and all of the Loan
          Documents remain in full force and effect and have not been
          otherwise waived, modified or amended.  Except as expressly
          modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
          Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
          The Company acknowledges that all reasonable legal expenses of
          the Agent related to this Amendment shall be paid by the Company.

                    8.   Confirmation of Collateral Documents.  The Company
          hereby (i) ratifies and confirms its obligations under the
          Collateral Documents and acknowledges and agrees that the
          Collateral Documents to which the Company is a party are the
          legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against it in accordance with their terms; and (ii) agrees that
          the Obligations (for purposes of each of such Collateral
          Documents) shall include, without limitation, the Obligations
          under and as defined in the Credit Agreement as amended by this
          Amendment.

                    9.   Choice of Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
          BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS
          OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS
          AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR
          INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE COMPANY,
          THE SUBSIDIARIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
          AMENDMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR
          OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS
          AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                    10.  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
          original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
          same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Amendment may
          be delivered by telecopier, with the intention that they shall
          have the same effect as an original counterpart thereof.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
          their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this
          Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent
<PAGE>

                                        By: /s/ DANIEL G. FARTHING
 					    ----------------------
                                        Name:  Daniel G. Farthing
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        THE BANKS:

                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, successor-
                                         in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK, 
                                         as a Bank and as LC Issuer

                                        By: /s/ THOMAS BARNETT
					    ------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as LC Issuer


                                        By: /s/ THOMAS BARNETT
					    ------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK


                                        By: /s/ ELMER H. HEMPHILL, JR.
                                        Name: Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

                                        FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS,N.A.


                                        By: /s/ FRANK W. SCHAGEMAN
					    ----------------------	
                                        Name: Frank W. Schageman
                                        Title: Vice President


                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                        By: /s/ DAVID A. DOHERTY
                                            --------------------
					Name: David A. Doherty
                                        Title: VIce President
<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A

                                    SCHEDULE I TO
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

          Commitments                            Amount         Percentage

          Bank of America Illinois                $18,200,000   42.8235295%
          Whitney National Bank                   $12,150,000   28.5882353%
          First National Bank of Commerce         $ 6,075,000   14.2941176%
          First Interstate Bank                   $ 6,075,000   14.2941176%

          Total                                   $42,500,000  100.0000000%

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
					   Thomas M. Kitchen		
                                        Title:

          Dated:  May 10, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
					   Thomas M. Kitchen		
                                        Title:

          Dated:  May 10, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        CRAWFORD TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By \S\ B. L. HICKS
					    --------------	
					    B. L. Hicks
                                        Title:

          Dated:  May 10, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        GENCO INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
					   Thomas M. Kitchen	
                                        Title:

          Dated:  May 10, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of February 9, 1995
          (the "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed
          to the Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the
          terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt
          payment and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined
          therein).  The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of
          the foregoing Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving
          Credit Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity,
          enforceability and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to
          all loans, advances and extensions of credit to the Company,
          whether heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest
          thereon and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE PROPERTIES, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
					   Thomas M. Kitchen	
                                        Title:

          Dated:  May 10, 1995
<PAGE>

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of February 9, 1995
          (the "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed
          to the Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the
          terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt
          payment and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined
          therein).  The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of
          the foregoing Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving
          Credit Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity,
          enforceability and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to
          all loans, advances and extensions of credit to the Company,
          whether heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest
          thereon and all expenses in connection therewith.


                                        AVONDALE LAND MANAGEMENT COMPANY,
                                          a Louisiana general partnership

                                             By  Avondale Industries, Inc.,
                                                  a general partner

                                             By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					        ---------------------
					     Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title:

                                             By  Avondale Properties, Inc.,
                                                  a general partner

                                             By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					        ---------------------
					     Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title:

          Dated:  May 10, 1995



              FOURTH AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT
          AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is entered into as of September 1,
          1995, by and among AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Louisiana
          corporation (the "Company"), the various financial institutions
          signatory hereto (collectively, the "Banks," and, individually, a
          "Bank"), and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
          ASSOCIATION, as LC Issuer and as successor agent to BANK OF
          AMERICA ILLINOIS (successor-in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK), as
          agent for the Banks (the "Agent").  Words and phrases having
          defined meanings in the Credit Agreement referred to below shall
          have the same respective meanings when used herein, unless
          otherwise expressly defined herein.

                                     WITNESSETH:

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a
          Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 1994 as amended
          by that certain First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement dated as of May 31, 1994, that certain Second Amendment
          to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 9, 1995 and
          that certain Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving
          Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 1995 (collectively, the
          "Existing Agreement" and as amended by this Amendment, the
          "Credit Agreement"), relating to a revolving credit facility in
          an amount not to exceed $42,500,000 for the Company's ongoing
          working capital and general corporate needs;

                    WHEREAS, the Company intends to submit certain bids to
          construct (i) an ocean roll on, roll off passenger ferry for the
          State of Alaska for a sale price of approximately $150,000,000
          (the "Alaskan Ferry Project") and (ii) a Steel Hulled Barracks
          Craft, APL-61 Series, for the Naval Sea Systems Command (the "APL
          Project");

                    WHEREAS, in connection with its bid for the Alaskan
          Ferry Project, the Company must submit certain assurances in the
          form of a bid bond and payment and performance bonds in favor of
          the State of Alaska and in connection with its bid for the APL
          Project, the Company must submit certain assurances in the form
          of a bid and payment and performance bonds in favor of the Naval
          Sea Systems Command;

                    WHEREAS, in connection with the Alaskan Ferry Project,
          the Company has arranged with the State of Louisiana through the
          Department of Economic Development and the Commission of
          Administration, to provide a bid bond in an amount not to exceed
          $5,000,000 and payment and performance bonds not to exceed
          $33,000,000 each (for an aggregate bonding of $71,000,000 of
          which no more than $66,000,000 shall be outstanding at any one
          time; all such bonds being hereinafter referred to as the
          "Alaskan Ferry Bonds");
                    WHEREAS, in connection with the APL Project, the
          Company has arranged with United States Fidelity and Guaranty
          Company to provide a bid bond in an amount not to exceed
<PAGE>
          $3,000,000, a payment bond in an amount not to exceed $3,000,000
          and a performance bond in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 (for
          an aggregate bonding of $11,000,000 of which no more than
          $8,000,000 shall be outstanding at any one time; all such bonds
          being hereinafter referred to as the "APL Bonds");

                    WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to providing the
          Alaskan Ferry Bonds, the State of Louisiana has required the
          Company to secure its reimbursement obligations with respect
          thereto with (i) a lien on the vessel to be constructed by the
          Company as part of the Alaskan Ferry Project, (ii) the related
          construction contract, (iii) all receivables arising therefrom
          and (iv) all proceeds and products of the foregoing
          (collectively, the "Alaskan Ferry Collateral");

                    WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Banks waive
          and amend certain provisions of the Existing Agreement to (i)
          allow the Company to obtain the Alaskan Ferry Bonds and the APL
          Bonds, (ii) secure the Company's reimbursement obligations with
          respect to the Alaskan Ferry Bonds with the Alaskan Ferry
          Collateral and (iii) permit the Agent to subordinate any lien it
          has on the Alaskan Ferry Collateral;

                    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
          mutual agreements set forth herein and for other consideration
          the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
          parties hereto agree as follows;

                    1.   Amendments to the Existing Agreement.  Subject to
          and conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Existing Agreement
          is hereby amended as follows:

                    (a)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to add the following definitions thereto in proper
          alphabetical order:

                    "Alaskan Ferry Bonds" means, collectively, (i) a bid
               bond in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 and (ii) payment
               and performance bonds not to exceed $33,000,000 each issued
               by the State of Louisiana through the Department of Economic
               Development and the Commission of Administration for the
               account of the Company in connection with the Alaskan Ferry
               Project.

                    "Alaskan Ferry Collateral" means, collectively, (i) the
               vessel to be constructed by the Company as part of the
               Alaskan Ferry Project, (ii) the related construction
               contract, (iii) all receivables arising therefrom, and (iv)
               all proceeds and products of the foregoing, but only to the
               extent such proceeds and products do not otherwise
               constitute Collateral.

                    "Alaskan Ferry Liens" means those Liens granted by the
               Company on the Alaskan Ferry Collateral to secure the
               Company's obligations to the State of Louisiana in
               connection with the Alaskan Ferry Bonds.

                     "Alaskan Ferry Project" means the Company's bid to
<PAGE>      
	       construct, and the construction of, an ocean roll on, roll
               off passenger ferry for the State of Alaska, which bid is to
               be made by the Company during September 1995.

                    "APL Bonds" means, collectively, (i) a bid bond in an
               amount not to exceed $3,000,000, (ii) a payment bond in an
               amount not to exceed $3,000,000 and (iii) a performance bond
               in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 each issued by United
               States Fidelity and Guaranty Company for the account of the
               Company.

                    "APL Project" means the Company's bid to construct, and
               the construction of, a Steel Hulled Barracks Craft, APL-61
               Series, for the Naval Sea Systems Command.

                    (b)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is
          hereby further amended to add the following sentence at the end
          of the definition of "Contingent Obligation" contained therein:

               In no event shall the "Contingent Obligations" of the
               Company include its contingent reimbursement obligations to
               the State of Louisiana under or with respect to the Alaskan
               Ferry Bonds or its contingent reimbursement obligations to
               United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company under or with
               respect to the APL Bonds.

                    (c)  Section VII of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended by adding the following new Section 7.23 thereto:

                    Section 7.23  Commingling of Alaskan Ferry Collateral
               with Collateral; Limitation on Alaskan Ferry Bonds;
               Limitation on APL Bonds.  The Company shall not deposit, nor
               shall it permit to be deposited, into any bank or depositary
               account in which the Agent has been granted a security
               interest or in which any proceeds of and Collateral are
               deposited, including, without limitation, the Control
               Accounts (as defined in the Security Agreement (Company))
               any monies constituting Alaskan Ferry Collateral.  At no
               time shall the aggregate outstanding amount of the Alaskan
               Ferry Bonds exceed $66,000,000.  At no time shall the
               aggregate outstanding amount of the APL Bonds exceed
               $8,000,000.

                    (d)  Section 7.2 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete clause (m) thereof in its entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

                    (m)  the MARAD Financing Liens and the Alaskan Ferry
               Liens;

                    2.   Consent Relating to Subordination of Liens in the
          Alaskan Ferry Collateral.  Notwithstanding anything to the
          contrary set forth in Section 10.2 of the Existing Agreement,
          without any further consent of any Bank or the LC Issuer, the
          Agent, upon the request of the Company, shall subordinate its
          Lien (if any) on the Alaskan Ferry Collateral in favor of the
          State of Louisiana.  Any such subordination shall be made
          pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
          the Majority Banks in their sole discretion.
<PAGE>
                    3.   Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of
          Amendments and Consent.  The amendments and modifications set
          forth in Section 1 hereof and the consents set forth in Sections
          2 hereof shall become effective upon, and are expressly
          conditioned upon, the fulfillment of each of the following
          conditions precedent on or prior to October 1, 1995:

                    (a)  Amendment.  The Agent shall have received this
          Amendment, duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer
          of the Company and each of the Banks.

                    (b)  Subsidiary Guarantor Consent.  The Agent shall
          have received (with a copy for each of the other Banks) from each
          of the Subsidiary Guarantors a reaffirmation of the Subsidiary
          Guarantee executed by it in the forms attached hereto.

                    (c)  Material Adverse Change.  In the opinion of the
          Banks (as evidenced by their execution of this Amendment), no
          event or condition shall have occurred or exist which could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (d)  Legal Opinion.  The Agent shall have received the
          favorable opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere
          & Denegre, Louisiana counsel to the Company, addressed to the
          Agent, the LC Issuer and the Banks in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

                    (e)  Alaskan Ferry Project and APL Project
          Documentation.  The Agent shall have received copies of all
          documentation relating to the Alaskan Ferry Project and the
          issuance of the Alaskan Ferry Bonds and the APL Project and the
          issuance of the APL Bonds and such documents shall be in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Majority Banks as evidenced by
          their execution hereof.

                    (f)  Other Documents.  The Agent shall have received
          such other documents, instruments and agreements as it shall have
          reasonably requested in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by this Amendment.

                    4.   Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  In
          order to induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this
          Amendment, the Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants
          to the Agent and the Banks as follows:

                         (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by
               the Company of this Amendment (i) are within the Company's
               corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
               necessary corporate action, (iii) require no action by or in
               respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or
               official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default
               under, any provision of any applicable law, statute,
               ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
               restriction or of the Certificate or Articles of
               Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, (v) do not
               contravene, or constitute a default under, any agreement,
               judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture, contract,
               lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Company
               is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are
<PAGE>
               bound and (vi) will not result in the creation or imposition
               of any Lien upon any asset of the Company under any existing
               indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement
               or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
               party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound or
               affected.

                         (b)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement are
               the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, and
               are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
               terms.

                         (c)  The representations and warranties contained
               in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
               true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
               date hereof as though made on the date hereof, except to the
               extent that such representations expressly relate solely to
               an earlier date (in which case such representations and
               warranties were true and accurate on and as of such earlier
               date).

                         (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred
               and is continuing.

                    5.   Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.
          Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
          Existing Agreement to "the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
          "herein", or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference
          to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby and each reference to
          the Existing Agreement in any other Loan Document shall mean and
          be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                    6.   Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Company hereby
          reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Banks that, except as
          modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and all of the Loan
          Documents remain in full force and effect and have not been
          otherwise waived, modified or amended.  Except as expressly
          modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
          Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
          The Company acknowledges that all reasonable legal fees and
          expenses of the Agent related to this Amendment shall be paid by
          the Company.

                    7.   Confirmation of Collateral Documents.  The Company
          hereby (i) ratifies and confirms its obligations under the
          Collateral Documents and acknowledges and agrees that the
          Collateral Documents to which the Company is a party are the
          legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against it in accordance with their terms; and (ii) agrees that
          the Obligations (for purposes of each of such Collateral
          Documents) shall include, without limitation, the Obligations
          under and as defined in the Credit Agreement as amended by this
          Amendment.

                    8.   Choice of Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
          BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS
          OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS
          AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR
          INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE COMPANY,
<PAGE>
          THE SUBSIDIARIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
          AMENDMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR
          OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS
          AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                    9.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
          original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
          same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Amendment may
          be delivered by telecopier, and if so delivered shall be deemed
          to be delivered with the intention that they shall have the same
          effect as an original counterpart hereof.  Any party delivering
          any such counterpart by telecopy shall promptly forward to the
          Agent an original counterpart hereof.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
          their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this
          Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
 					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent


                                        By: /s/ DANIEL G. FARTHING
 					    ----------------------
                                        Name:  Daniel G. Farthing
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        THE BANKS:

                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, successor-
                                         in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK,
                                         as a Bank and as LC Issuer

                                        By: /s/ W. THOMAS BARNETT
 					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  W. Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as LC Issuer


                                        By: /s/ W. THOMAS BARNETT
 					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
                                        WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK


                                        By: /s/ ELMER H. HEMPHILL, JR.
 					    --------------------------
                                        Name: Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

                                        FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS,N.A.


                                        By: /s/ FRANK W. SCHAGEMAN
 					    ----------------------
                                        Name: Frank W. Schageman
                                        Title: Vice President


                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                        By: /s/ DAVID A. DOHERTY
 					    --------------------
                                        Name: David A. Doherty
                                        Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
                                        CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
					   Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President, Secretary &
						Treasurer

          Dated:  September 1, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By /s/ B. L. HICKS
					   ---------------
					   B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary/Treasurer

          Dated:  September 1, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        CRAWFORD TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By /s/ B. L. HICKS
					   ---------------
					   B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary/Treasurer

          Dated:  September 1, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        GENCO INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By /s/ B. L. HICKS
					   ---------------
					   B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary/Treasurer

          Dated:  September 1, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of February 9, 1995
          (the "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed
          to the Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the
          terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt
          payment and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined
          therein).  The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of
          the foregoing Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE PROPERTIES, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
					   Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President & Secretary

          Dated:  September 1, 1995
<PAGE>

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of February 9, 1995
          (the "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed
          to the Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the
          terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt
          payment and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined
          therein).  The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of
          the foregoing Fourth Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.


                                        AVONDALE LAND MANAGEMENT COMPANY,
                                          a Louisiana general partnership

                                             By  Avondale Industries, Inc.,
                                                  a general partner

                                             By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
						---------------------
                                             Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President & CFO &
						     Secretary

                                             By  Avondale Properties, Inc.,
                                                  a general partner

                                             By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
						---------------------
                                             Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President & CFO &
						     Secretary

          Dated:  September 1, 1995



                    FIFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
          (this "Amendment") is entered into as of November 17, 1995, by
          and among AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Louisiana corporation (the
          "Company"), the various financial institutions signatory hereto
          (collectively, the "Banks," and, individually, a "Bank"), and
          BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as LC
          Issuer and as successor agent to BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS
          (successor-in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK), as agent for the
          Banks (the "Agent").  Words and phrases having defined meanings
          in the Credit Agreement referred to below shall have the same
          respective meanings when used herein, unless otherwise expressly
          defined herein.

                                     WITNESSETH:

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a
          Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 1994 as amended
          by that certain First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement dated as of May 31, 1994, that certain Second Amendment
          to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 9, 1995, that
          certain Third Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving Credit
          Agreement dated as of May 10, 1995 and that certain Fourth
          Amendment and Consent to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of
          September 1, 1995 (collectively, the "Existing Agreement" and as
          amended by this Amendment, the "Credit Agreement"), relating to a
          revolving credit facility in an amount not to exceed $42,500,000
          for the Company's ongoing working capital and general corporate
          needs; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Banks agree
          to certain amendments and modifications to the terms of the
          Existing Agreement;

                    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
          mutual agreements set forth herein and for other consideration
          the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
          parties hereto agree as follows;

                    1.   Amendments to the Existing Agreement.  Subject to
          and conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 2 hereof, the Existing Agreement
          is hereby amended as follows:

                    (a)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the definition of Applicable Margin set forth
          therein and to insert the following therefor:

                         "Applicable Margin" shall mean in respect of any
                    Eurodollar Rate Loan, one and one-half percent (1.5%).

                    (b)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          further amended to delete clause (iii) of the definition of Cash
          Equivalent Investments and to insert the following therefor
<PAGE>
               (iii) repurchase agreements or reverse repurchase
               agreements with terms of not more than thirty (30) days
               from the date acquired, for securities of the type
               described in clause (i) above and entered into only
               with commercial banks having the qualifications
               described in clause (ii) above;

                    (c)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete clause (i) of the definition of Eligible Billed
          Commercial Receivables  thereof in its entirety and to insert the
          following therefor:

                    (i)  with respect to such Account, no Account Debtor is

                         (i)  incorporated in or primarily conducting
                    business in any jurisdiction located outside the United
                    States unless (A) such sale is either on an irrevocable
                    letter of credit acceptable to the Agent or acceptance
                    terms acceptable to the Agent or (B) such Account and
                    the related Account Debtor is otherwise approved by the
                    Agent in writing; provided that, the provisions of this
                    clause (i) shall not apply (1) to the extent that such
                    Account Debtor is British Petroleum or any of its
                    Subsidiaries to the extent such Account is guaranteed
                    by British Petroleum, or Holland America or any of its
                    Subsidiaries to the extent such Account is guaranteed
                    by Holland America or (2) to Primorsk Shipping
                    Corporation (or an Affiliate thereof) with respect to
                    the Primorsk Tanker Accounts to the extent, and only to
                    the extent, that amounts are either on deposit with
                    MARAD or guaranteed by MARAD and available for
                    disbursement to pay such Accounts and no event has
                    occurred or condition exists which allows MARAD not to
                    disburse, or not to authorize disbursement of, such
                    amounts in payment of such Accounts, or which allows a
                    third party lender not to disburse such amounts in
                    payment of such Accounts

                         (ii)  an Affiliate of the Company or any of its
                    Subsidiaries,

                         (iii)  a foreign government or any agency,
                    department or instrumentality thereof unless such sale
                    is on an irrevocable letter of credit acceptable to the
                    Agent or acceptance terms acceptable to the Agent;
                    provided that, the provisions of this clause (iii)
                    shall not apply to Primorsk Shipping Corporation (or an
                    Affiliate thereof) with respect to the Primorsk Tanker
                    Accounts to the extent, and only to the extent, that
                    amounts are either on deposit with MARAD or guaranteed
                    by MARAD and available for disbursement to pay such
                    Accounts and no event has occurred or condition exists
                    which allows MARAD not to disburse, or authorize the
                    disbursement of, such amounts in payment of such
                    Accounts, or which allows a third party lender not to
                    disburse such amounts in payment of such Accounts,

                         (iv)  the subject of any reorganization,
                    bankruptcy, debt arrangement, receivership,
<PAGE>
                    custodianship, insolvency or other case or proceeding
                    under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any
                    dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding (and
                    such Account Debtor has not become insolvent or
                    generally failed to pay, or admitted in writing its
                    inability or unwillingness to pay, debts as they become
                    due), or

                         (v)  an agency, department or instrumentality of
                    the United States or any state or local governmental
                    authority in the United States;

                    (d)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          further amended to delete the definition of Letter of Credit
          Commission set forth therein and to insert the following
          therefor:

                         "Letter of Credit Commission" shall mean seven-
                    eighths percent (0.875%) per annum.

                    (e)  Section 1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to add the following definition thereto in appropriate
          alphabetical order:

                         "Primorsk Tanker Accounts" means the Accounts
               owing to the Company by Primorsk Shipping Corporation (or an
               Affiliate thereof) in connection with Company's construction
               of up to seven 42,000 ton tankers for an aggregate purchase
               price equal to approximately $320 million pursuant to the
               terms of that certain contract dated August 7, 1995 between
               the Company and Primorsk Shipping Corporation, the
               construction of which is to be financed by MARAD.

                    (f)  Section 2.6 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended by deleting the first sentence thereof in its entirety
          and inserting the following therefor:

               The Company may, from time to time, on any Business Day,
               prepay the Base Rate Loans, in whole or in part, without
               premium or penalty, upon irrevocable written notice to the
               Agent by the Company no later than 10:00 a.m. Chicago time
               on the date of such prepayment which notice shall specify
               the date and amount of the prepayment.

                    (g)  Section 6.2(e) of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended by deleting the phrase "within 90 days" set forth therein
          and inserting the phrase "within 95 days" therefor.

                    (h)  Section 6.9 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

                         6.9  [Intentionally Omitted.]

                    2.   Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of
          Amendments and Consent.  The amendments and modifications set
          forth in Section 1 hereof shall become effective upon, and are
          expressly conditioned upon, the fulfillment of each of the
          following conditions precedent on or prior to December 1, 1995:
<PAGE>
                    (a)  Amendment.  The Agent shall have received this
          Amendment, duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer
          of the Company and each of the Banks.

                    (b)  Subsidiary Guarantor Consent.  The Agent shall
          have received (with a copy for each of the Banks) from each of
          the Subsidiary Guarantors a reaffirmation of the Subsidiary
          Guarantee executed by it in the form attached hereto.

                    (c)  Material Adverse Change.  In the opinion of the
          Banks (as evidenced by their execution of this Amendment), no
          event or condition shall have occurred or exist which could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (d)  Legal Opinion.  The Agent shall have received the
          favorable opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere
          & Denegre, Louisiana counsel to the Company, addressed to the
          Agent, the LC Issuer and the Banks in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

                    (e)  Other Documents.  The Agent shall have received
          such other documents, instruments and agreements as it shall have
          reasonably requested in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by this Amendment.

                    3.  Additional Condition to Eligibility of the Primorsk
          Tanker Accounts.  The Company, the Agent and the Banks agree that
          the Primorsk Tanker Accounts shall not constitute Eligible Billed
          Commercial Receivables unless and until the documentation
          relating to the financing of such Accounts is reviewed and
          consented to by Bank of America Illinois (in its capacity as a
          Bank), which consent is hereby authorized by each of, and may be
          given without further direction from any of, the other Banks.


                    4.   Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  In
          order to induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this
          Amendment, the Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants
          to the Agent and the Banks as follows:

                         (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by
               the Company of this Amendment (i) are within the Company's
               corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
               necessary corporate action, (iii) require no action by or in
               respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or
               official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default
               under, any provision of any applicable law, statute,
               ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
               restriction or of the Certificate or Articles of
               Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, (v) do not
               contravene, or constitute a default under, any agreement,
               judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture, contract,
               lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Company
               is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are
               bound and (vi) will not result in the creation or imposition
               of any Lien upon any asset of the Company under any existing
               indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement
               or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
               party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound or
<PAGE>
               affected.

                         (b)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement are
               the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, and
               are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
               terms.

                         (c)  The representations and warranties contained
               in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
               true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
               date hereof as though made on the date hereof, except to the
               extent that such representations expressly relate solely to
               an earlier date (in which case such representations and
               warranties were true and accurate on and as of such earlier
               date).

                         (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred
               and is continuing.

                    5.   Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.
          Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
          Existing Agreement to "the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
          "herein", or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference
          to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby and each reference to
          the Existing Agreement in any other Loan Document shall mean and
          be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                    6.   Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Company hereby
          reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Banks that, except as
          modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and all of the Loan
          Documents remain in full force and effect and have not been
          otherwise waived, modified or amended.  Except as expressly
          modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
          Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
          The Company acknowledges that all reasonable legal fees and
          expenses of the Agent related to this Amendment shall be paid by
          the Company.

                    7.   Confirmation of Collateral Documents.  The Company
          hereby (i) ratifies and confirms its obligations under the
          Collateral Documents and acknowledges and agrees that the
          Collateral Documents to which the Company is a party are the
          legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against it in accordance with their terms; and (ii) agrees that
          the Obligations (for purposes of each of such Collateral
          Documents) shall include, without limitation, the Obligations
          under and as defined in the Credit Agreement as amended by this
          Amendment.

                    8.   Choice of Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
          BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS
          OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS
          AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR
          INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE COMPANY,
          THE SUBSIDIARIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
          AMENDMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR
          OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS
          AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
<PAGE>
                    9.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
          original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
          same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Amendment may
          be delivered by telecopier, and if so delivered shall be deemed
          to be delivered with the intention that they shall have the same
          effect as an original counterpart hereof.  Any party delivering
          any such counterpart by telecopy shall promptly forward to the
          Agent an original counterpart hereof.

                               [Signature Page Follows]

<PAGE>
                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
          their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this
          Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By: /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent


                                        By: /s/ DANIEL G. FARTHING
					    ----------------------
                                        Name:  Daniel G. Farthing
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        THE BANKS:

                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, successor-
					 in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK,  as
                                         a Bank and as LC Issuer

                                        By: /s/ W. THOMAS BARNETT
					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  W. Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as LC Issuer


                                        By: /s/ W. THOMAS BARNETT
					    ---------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK


                                        By: /s/ ELMER H. HEMPHILL, JR.
					    --------------------------
                                        Name: Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

                                        FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS,N.A.


                                        By: /s/ RANDALL L. WALKER
					    ---------------------
                                        Name: Randall L. Walker
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

<PAGE>
                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                        By: /s/ DAVID A. DOHERTY
					    --------------------
                                        Name:  David A. Doherty
                                        Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------- 
                                        Title: Vice President

          Dated:  November 17, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------
                                        Title: President

          Dated:  November 17, 1995
<PAGE>	
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        CRAWFORD TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By /s/ B. L. HICKS
					   ---------------
					   B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary

          Dated:  November 17, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        GENCO INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By /s/ B. L. HICKS
					   ---------------
					   B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary

          Dated:  November 17, 1995
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of February 9, 1995
          (the "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed
          to the Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the
          terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt
          payment and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined
          therein).  The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of
          the foregoing Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE PROPERTIES, INC.


                                        By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
					   ---------------------- 
                                        Title: Vice President

          Dated:  November 17, 1995
<PAGE>

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of February 9, 1995
          (the "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed
          to the Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the
          terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt
          payment and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined
          therein).  The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of
          the foregoing Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.


                                        AVONDALE LAND MANAGEMENT COMPANY,
                                          a Louisiana general partnership

                                             By  Avondale Industries, Inc.,
                                                  a general partner

                                             By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
						---------------------
                                             Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President & CFO

                                             By  Avondale Properties, Inc.,
                                                  a general partner

                                             By /s/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
						---------------------
                                             Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President & CFO

          Dated:  November 17, 1995




                              Avondale Properties, Inc.

                            Avondale Services Corporation

                        Avondale Transportation Company, Inc.

                           Avondale Shipyard of Texas, Inc.

                        Avondale Construction Management, Inc.

                            Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc.

                        Avondale Industries of New York, Inc.

                              Avondale Enterprises, Inc.

                          Avondale Technical Services, Inc.

                          Crawford Technical Services, Inc.

                               Genco Industries, Inc.

                            M & D Steel Fabrication, Inc.

                           AAA Quality Construction, Inc.

                          Genco Industries of Lufkin, Inc.



     INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration  Statement
     No.   33-65267  of  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  on  Form  S-3  and  in
     Registration  Statement  No.  33-31984  of Avondale Industries, Inc. on
     Forms S-8 and S-3 of our report dated January  19,  1996,  appearing in
     this  Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avondale Industries, Inc.  for  the
     year ended December 31, 1995.




         DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

         New Orleans, Louisiana
         January 24, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM AVONDALE
INDUSTRIES, INC.'S ANNUAL REPORT FILED ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1995 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                          38,524
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   93,184
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     15,289
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               173,593
<PP&E>                                         251,699
<DEPRECIATION>                               (121,661)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 316,727
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           92,605
<BONDS>                                         58,593
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        15,927
<OTHER-SE>                                     135,131
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   316,727
<SALES>                                        576,308
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               576,308
<CGS>                                          517,637
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  517,637
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               4,842
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 23,780
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (4,400)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             28,180
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    28,180
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.95
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.95
        

</TABLE>
 
               SUBSCRIPTION TO COMBUSTION LITIGATION PRELIMINARY
             SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT SETTING FORTH SPECIFIC TERMS OF
            THE SETTLEMENT BETWEEN AVONDALE AND THE PLAINTIFF CLASS

     1. Avondale Industries, Inc. ("Avondale") has agreed to fully and 
completely settle all claims by the Plaintiff Class for the sum of $24,000,000,
plus interest at the rate of 8% per annum from date of entry of judgment until
paid, payable as detailed below and subject to the limitations described below.
For purposes of this addendum and the Preliminary Settlement Agreement ("PSA")
itself, the term "Related Parties" shall mean any and all of Avondale's
representatives, agents, parent or subsidiary companies or corporations,
affiliated companies or corporations as defined in 15 U.S.C. 80a-2, all brother
or sister corporations (that is, all such entities that share a common parent
with Avondale), predecessors in interest, successors in interest, and all of
their employees, officers, shareholders, and directors, and any other person,
firm, corporation or entity not heretofore named in this proceeding as a
defendant or third-party defendant for which Avondale may be liable concerning
the subject matter of the Combustion Litigation. The term Related Parties shall
not include any party presently named as a defendant or third party defendant in
these proceedings who is not a Compromising Party. Notwithstanding the
definition of "Related Parties" contained in the PSA, for purposes of the PSA
(insofar as it pertains to Avondale) and this addendum, the term "Related
Parties" shall not include the insurers of Avondale or its Related Parties.

     By execution of this Subscription and attachment to the Preliminary 
Settlement Agreement, Avondale stipulates to entry of judgment ("the judgment") 
granting judgment in favor of the Plaintiff Class and against Avondale 
Industries, Inc., in the sum of $24,000,000, plus interest at the rate of 8% per
annum from date of entry of judgment until paid, subject to the terms of the 
PSA, all exhibits to the PSA, and all judgments or orders of any Court in the 
Combustion Litigation approving and incorporating the PSA and subject to the 
terms of this Subscription, and in accordance with the following terms:

     A.   Avondale will pay the sum of $4,000,000 cash or check into the 
          Settlement Fund established by the PSA within thirty (30) days of
          the Court's preliminary approval thereof.

     B.   Avondale will execute a note in favor of the Plaintiff Class, 
          payable through the Settlement Fund and in the form attached
          hereto, in the sum of $2,000,000 bearing interest at the rate of 8%
          per annum, due 18 months from the Court's preliminary
          approval of the PSA, to be delivered to the escrow agent of the 
          Settlement Fund within thirty (30) days of the preliminary approval 
          of the PSA.

     C.   Avondale assigns, pledges and transfers to the Plaintiff Class all of 
          Avondale's rights, titles and interests in the proceeds of any and all
          primary, excess and umbrella insurance policies that may provide
          coverage to Avondale for the tort claims asserted in the Combustion
          Litigation. Except as specifically set forth in subparagraph D(2) or
          D(3) below, the balance of the $24,000,000, plus interest at the rate
          of 8% per annum from date of entry of judgment until paid, shall be
          paid and payable solely out of the proceeds of the litigation against
          Avondale's insurers connected to the tort claims made in the
          Combustion Litigation, whether by way of the assignment, pledge and
          transfer contained herein, the direct action that has been filed by
          the PSC and the Plaintiff Class, or otherwise (hereinafter sometimes
<PAGE>
          referred to as "the litigation against Avondale's insurers"). The
          Plaintiff Class will be paid first, through the escrow agent of the
          Settlement Fund, all amounts recovered from Avondale's insurers
          (whether by way of the principal judgment or interest thereon) up to
          and including the sum of $18,000,000 plus the interest carry as
          defined below, and any recovery from Avondale's insurers (whether by
          way of the principal judgment or interest thereon) in excess of $18
          million plus the interest carry as defined below will be paid 50% to
          the Plaintiff Class, through the escrow agent of the Settlement Fund,
          and 50% to Avondale. Except as specifically provided herein, neither
          Avondale, the Related Parties to Avondale, nor the Plaintiff Class
          will be liable to the others for interest on the obligations set forth
          in this subparagraph C. The term "interest carry" shall mean an amount
          equal to interest computed at the rate of 8% per annum on the sum of
          $6 million, with said interest computed from the date of preliminary
          approval of the PSA.

          Nothing in this subscription shall affect, and Avondale expressly 
          retains and reserves all rights, titles and interests in and to the
          claims, causes of action and proceeds of any and all of these policies
          that may provide coverage to Avondale for the costs incurred by
          Avondale associated with the remediation of the Combustion Site
          and/or the CERCLA cost recovery claims asserted in the Combustion
          Litigation.

          Neither Avondale nor the Related Parties to Avondale shall have any 
          responsibility for payment of any costs and/or legal fees associated
          with the litigation against Avondale's insurers incurred subsequent to
          the date of the Preliminary Settlement Agreement. However, nothing
          herein shall cause the PSC or the Plaintiff Class to become liable for
          the payment of legal fees incurred independently and exclusively by
          Avondale in pursuit of its right to recover for the costs incurred by
          Avondale associated with the remediation of the Combustion Site and/or
          CERCLA cost recovery claims asserted in the Combustion Litigation.

     D.   (1) Despite the assignment, pledge and transfer by Avondale to the 
          Plaintiff Class of its rights to the proceeds of its applicable
          insurance policies for the tort claims, Avondale nevertheless remains
          liable for the remaining sum of $18,000,000 necessary to satisfy the
          full judgment of $24,000,000. However, in consideration of the above
          agreements and promises, it is stipulated and covenanted that the
          Plaintiff Class will not execute on the judgement against Avondale and
          will not execute on the judgment against any of the Related Parties to
          Avondale if the sums detailed in subparagraphs 1.A. and 1.B. above are
          paid and if the litigation against Avondale's insurers results in a
          judgment (including judicial interest) or settlement equal to or
          greater than $6,000,000 plus interest at the rate of 8% per annum from
          the date of preliminary approval of the PSA, in which event neither
          the PSC nor the Plaintiff Class shall execute on its judgment. Any
          settlement with Avondale's insurers related to the claims made in the
          litigation against Avondale's insurers or any other settlement with
          Avondale's insurers related to the tort claims asserted in the
          Combustion Litigation that is in excess of $6,000,000 plus interest at
          the rate of 8% per annum from the date of preliminary approval of the
          PSA may be entered into at the sole discretion of the Plaintiffs'
          Steering Committee and the Plaintiff Class without Avondale's prior
          consent or agreement, and Avondale grants to the Plaintiffs' Steering
          Committee and the Plaintiff Class full authority and consent to enter
          into any such settlement with its insurers.
<PAGE>
          (2) If the litigation against Avondale's insurers results in a 
          judgment (including judicial interest) of less than $6,000,000 plus
          interest at the rate of 8% per annum from the date of preliminary
          approval of the PSA, then he Plaintiff Class may execute on its
          judgment only to the extent necessary to obligate Avondale to pay the
          Plaintiff Class, in addition to those sums set forth in Subparagraphs
          1.A. and 1.B. above, the difference between $6,000,000 plus interest
          at the rate of 8% per annum from the date of preliminary approval of
          the PSA and the amount of the judgment (including judicial interest).

          (3) If the litigation against Avondale's insurers results in a 
          settlement for less than $6,000,000 plus interest at the rate of 8%
          per annum from the date of preliminary approval of the PSA, which
          settlement may not be entered into without Avondale's expressly stated
          written approval, then the Plaintiff Class may execute on its judgment
          only to the extent necessary to obligate Avondale to pay the Plaintiff
          Class the difference between $6,000,000 plus interest at the rate of
          8% per annum from the date of preliminary approval of the PSA and the
          amount of the settlement. If the Plaintiff Class settles the
          litigation against Avondale's insurers for less than $6,000,000 plus
          interest at the rate of 8% per annum from the date of preliminary
          approval of the PSA without Avondale's expressly stated written
          approval, then the Plaintiff Class may not execute on the judgment,
          and neither Avondale nor the Related Parties to Avondale shall have
          any further obligation to the Plaintiff Class.

          (4) In no event shall the PSC or the Plaintiff Class execute on the 
          judgment without giving Avondale reasonable advance notice of its
          intention to do so.

     E.   It is understood and agreed that Avondale shall have no personal 
          obligation to fund the payment of any amount to the Plaintiff Class
          other than the amounts specifically set forth in subparagraphs 1.A.,
          1.B., and, if required by the terms of this subscription, subparagraph
          1.D.(2) or 1.D.(3), the intention of the covenant by the PSC and the
          Plaintiff Class not to execute on the judgment being that, while
          Avondale remains liable for all amounts, it will have no personal
          obligation to pay (and its assets, other than the insurance rights
          specifically assigned, transferred and pledged herein, shall not be
          used to satisfy or be subject to execution for satisfaction of) any
          amount in excess of the amounts specifically set forth in
          subparagraphs 1.A., 1.B., and, if required by the terms of this
          subscription, subparagraph 1.D.(2) or 1.D.(3). That is, Avondale shall
          not be obligated, either conditionally or unconditionally, to fund
          payments to the Plaintiff Class other than the $4,000,000 cash payment
          set forth in subparagraph 1.A., the $2,000,000 note set forth in
          subparagraph 1.B., and the conditional $6,000,000. Any other payment
          obligations to the Plaintiff Class shall be payable solely out of the
          proceeds of a recovery from Avondale's insurers for the tort claims,
          with no further contribution from Avondale. More specifically, without
          limitation, Avondale shall not be obligated to pay for or fill in any
          gaps in the excess insurance coverage, and the Class and the Class
          members will not attempt to execute or to collect any judgment or any
          portion of any judgment against Avondale's insurers to the extent and
          in the manner that the execution or collection of the judgment or any
          portion thereof would create in the judgment debtor any right to
          recover from Avondale or its Related Parties in such a manner as to
          cause Avondale to fund any amount in excess of the specific funding
<PAGE>
          obligations set forth in subparagraphs 1.A., 1.B., and, if required
          by the terms of this subscription, subparagraph 1.D.(2) or 1.D.(3).

     2.   In furtherance of this agreement and after a diligent, good faith 
review of its records and other information reasonably available to it, Avondale
has by separate correspondence identified to the PSC the insurance policies that
Avondale believes were in force and effect during the time periods pertinent to 
the Combustion Litigation. However, the identification and listing of those 
policies, or the failure to list or identify any policy or policies, is not 
intended to modify or limit the broad language of the assignment contained 
herein. Avondale makes no warranty or representation whatsoever as to the 
nature, extent or amount of the coverage provided by any policies, it being
expressly understood and agreed that the Plaintiff Class and the PSC have relied
exclusively upon the analysis and opinions of their own attorneys and experts to
evaluate the coverage provided by the listed policies.

    3.    Avondale warrants that it has duly placed its insurers on notice of 
the claims of the Plaintiff Class and has placed the insurers on notice of the
proposed settlement, and has recommended that the settlement of $24,000,000,
plus interest at the rate of 8% per annum from date of entry of judgment until
paid, is a fair, reasonable and just settlement, but that the insurers have
declined to participate in settlement.

    4. Now in further consideration of this subscription to the Preliminary
Settlement Agreement, Avondale hereby assigns, pledges and transfers to the
Plaintiff Class all of its rights, titles and interests in and to the proceeds
which may be derived from any policies of insurance in Avondale's favor for the
time periods in question with respect to the tort claims asserted in the
Combustion Litigation and assigns, pledges and transfers to the Plaintiff Class
all further claims, demands and causes of action of whatever nature or kind
which Avondale has or may have against its insurers (primary, excess or
umbrella) arising out of or related to or connected with the tort claims
asserted in the Combustion Litigation and/or the referenced policies of
insurance, including claims for penalties, interest and attorney's fees, but
expressly excluding any claims related to or arising out of the costs incurred
by Avondale associated with the remediation of the Combustion Site and/or CERCLA
or LEQA cost recovery litigation related thereto.

    5.    In light of the insurers' refusal to provide coverage and/or to 
participate in settlement, it may become necessary to file declaratory judgment 
actions, third party claims and/or other suits or claims against the insurers. 
It is agreed that the prosecution of such a declaratory judgment action, third
party claim or other claim or suit against Avondale's insurers, whether in the
United States District Court for the Western District of Louisiana, or in any
other court or proceeding, may be pursued in the name of Avondale, at the cost
of the Plaintiff Class. Avondale agrees to provide reasonable cooperation in the
pursuit of such claims, including but not limited to making witnesses available,
providing documents and otherwise assisting and consulting with the Plaintiffs'
Steering Committee. The Plaintiffs' Steering Committee agrees that it will
consult reasonably with Avondale with regard to strategy decisions affecting the
course of any litigation pursued in the name of Avondale.

          Avondale agrees that subject to prior notification to it, the 
Plaintiff Class may file and pursue any such tort claims or suits against
Avondale's insurers in the name of Avondale. To the extent that such
representation of Avondale by the Plaintiffs' Steering Committee may present an
actual or potential conflict of interest, the parties hereto expressly waive any
objection to any such conflict of interest.
<PAGE>
    6.    In the event of a settlement with Avondale's insurers made in 
accordance with the terms of this subscription, Avondale agrees to release and
dismiss with prejudice its tort claims and suits against its insurers and, in
order to effect such settlement, Avondale agrees to execute any necessary
settlement agreements, receipts, releases and motions of dismissal that
reasonably may be necessary to effectuate the terms of the settlement.
Except as specifically set forth in this subscription and subject to the other 
terms of this subscription, any and all proceeds obtained through such 
settlement with Avondale's insurers connected with the tort claims asserted in 
the Combustion Litigation and resulting from the litigation against Avondale's  
insurers (except as set forth below) shall be the exclusive property of the 
Plaintiff Class, as is provided in the above pledge, assignment and transfer of 
its insurance proceeds by Avondale to the Plaintiff Class. Settlement of the 
tort claims by the Plaintiff Class shall not affect Avondale's CERCLA cost 
recovery claims in any manner and the proceeds of any settlement of the CERCLA 
cost recovery claims shall be the exclusive property of Avondale, as is provided
in subparagraph 1.C.

    7. Avondale and the Plaintiffs' Steering Committee hereby warrant, agree and
stipulate that this subscription to the Preliminary Settlement Agreement is in 
fact a good faith settlement.

    8. The PSC and the Plaintiff Class agree to diligently pursue the litigation
contemplated by this subscription, and agree that they shall neither move 
to dismiss (except in connection with a settlement made in accordance with the 
foregoing) or abandon such litigation without first notifying Avondale and 
obtaining Avondale's written consent. If, after receiving such notice Avondale 
so requests, the Plaintiff Class shall assign, pledge, and transfer to Avondale 
the rights, titles and interests assigned herein by Avondale to the Plaintiff 
Class.

    9. Provided that Avondale makes the payments set forth in subparagraphs 1.A.
and 1.B. above, neither the PSC nor the Class shall record or cause to be
recorded any judgment contemplated by this subscription or by the PSA in such a
manner as to create a mortgage or lien affecting Avondale or its Related Parties
or any of their respective properties or other assets. If, notwithstanding this
provision, such a mortgage or lien is created, the Plaintiff Class is
irrevocably obligated to execute such releases or other instruments as may be
prepared and presented by Avondale or its Related Parties in order to release or
terminate such mortgage or lien, and the Plaintiff Class hereby irrevocably
appoints Liaison Counsel for the PSC, Calvin C.Fayard, Jr., or any successor
Liaison Counsel for the PSC that may be appointed by the Court, as agent and
attorney for the PSC to execute such releases or other instruments.

    10. Upon request of Avondale, after satisfaction of the obligations 
undertaken by Avondale, whether by payment or by way of settlement with or
judgment against Avondale's insurers, as set forth in this subscription, the
PSC, through its Liaison Counsel, Calvin C. Fayard, Jr., or any successor
Liaison Counsel for the PSC that may be appointed by the Court, shall
execute a motion for issuance by the Clerk of Court of a Satisfaction of
Judgment with regard to Avondale.
<PAGE>
    This subscription to the Combustion Litigation Preliminary Settlement
Agreement has been executed on the date indicated below by the duly authorized
representative of Avondale Industries, Inc. subject to and in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Preliminary Settlement Agreement.

                                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                              BY: /s/ R. DEAN CHURCH
                                                  ------------------
                                                  R. Dean Church

                                              Date: 7/21/95
                                                    ----------------


    This subscription to the Combustion Litigation Preliminary Settlement 
Agreement is accepted subject to and in accordance with the Preliminary 
Settlement Agreement.

                                        THE PLAINTIFFS' STEERING COMMITTEE


                                        BY: /s/ CALVIN C. FAYARD, JR.
                                            -------------------------
                                            Calvin C. Fayard, Jr.

                                        Date: July 24, 1995
                                              -----------------------



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission